Page 1 X-Series Signal Analyzers Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode E6680A E6680E E7515B M9410A M9411A M9415A M9416A M9410E M9411E M9415E M9416E M8920A M8920B N9000B N9010B N9020B N9021B N9030B N9040B N9041B N9042B S9100A S9101A S9110A USER'S & PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE...
Page 2 MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A to US government customers under its PARTICULAR PURPOSE. KEYSIGHT SHALL Keysight Technologies, Inc. as governed by standard commercial license, which is NOT BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS OR FOR United States and international copyright...
Page 3 X-Series Signal Analyzers Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference Table Of Contents Vector Modulation Analyzer ModeUser's & Programmer's Reference Table Of Contents 1 Documentation Roadmap 1.1 Products Covered by this Document 1.2 Additional Documentation 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs 2.1.1 Mode/Meas/View Dialog 2.1.1.1 Mode 2.1.1.2 Application Mode Remote Commands...
Page 4 Table Of Contents 2.3.1 Window Title 2.3.2 Measurement Data 2.3.3 Annotation Hotspot 2.4 Menu Panel 2.4.1 Right-Click Menu 2.4.1.1 Add to User Menu 2.4.1.2 Help on this setting 2.4.2 User Menu 2.5 Cancel key 2.6 Onscreen Keyboard key 2.7 Touch On/Off Key 2.8 Tab key 2.9 Local Button 2.10 Control Bar...
Page 5 Table Of Contents 2.18.2 Screen List (Remote only command) 2.19 Fullscreen 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.1 Index Sub-Fields 3.1.1.1 Summary of Result Types 3.1.1.2 Measurement Results for RI = 01 or Not Specified 3.1.1.3 Measurement Results for RI = 02 3.1.1.4 Measurement Results for RI = 06 3.1.1.5 Measurement Results for RI = 07 3.1.1.6 Measurement Results for RI = 08...
Page 6 Table Of Contents Spectrum Demod IQ Meas Time IQ Ref Time IQ Meas Spectrum IQ Ref Spectrum FSK Meas Time FSK Ref Time FSK Meas Spectrum FSK Ref Spectrum ASK Meas Time ASK Ref Time ASK Meas Spectrum ASK Ref Spectrum Demod Error Error Vector Time Error Vector Spectrum...
Page 7 Table Of Contents Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping Mech Atten Step 3.1.4.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) Range Adjust Range for Min Clipping Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping Peak-to-Average Ratio Mixer Lvl Offset 3.1.4.4 Range (Baseband Input models) Range Auto/Man I Range Q Range Q Same as I 3.1.4.5 Signal Path Presel Center...
Page 8 Table Of Contents 3.1.6.3 Annotation Graticule Screen Annotation Trace Annotation Control Annotation Meas Bar Display Enable (Remote Command Only) 3.1.7 Frequency 3.1.7.1 Settings Center Frequency CF Step 3.1.8 Marker 3.1.8.1 Select Marker 3.1.8.2 Settings Marker X Marker Y Marker Y Imag Marker Mode Delta Marker (Reset Delta) Marker Settings Diagram...
Page 9 Table Of Contents Marker X Mkr -> CF 3.1.9 Meas Setup 3.1.9.1 Selected Segment 3.1.9.2 Settings Avg|Hold Number Averaging On/Off Averaging Mode Spur Avoidance Optimize EVM EVM Optimization Method Iterative EVM Optimization Target Auto Couple Meas Preset 3.1.9.3 Meas Standard Preset to Std 3.1.9.4 Frame Search Length...
Page 10 Table Of Contents Points / Symbol Meas Filter Ref Filter Alpha Advanced Setup General Equalizer Filter Length Convergence Equalizer Hold Equalizer Reset FFT Window Spectrum Gain Imb/Quad Skew Coupling Clock Adjust IQ Rotation IQ Normalize Low SNR Enhancement EVM Normalization Reference IQ Offset Compensation Report EVM in DB Multi-Carrier Filter...
Page 11 Table Of Contents Preset To Standard Constellation Axis Type Go to Row Insert Row Below Delete Row Clear Table Phase Rotation Apply Phase Rotation Normalize RMS Validate User-Defined Filter Coefficient User-Defined Meas Filter Coefficient List Data (Remote Command Only) User-Defined Ref Filter Coefficient List Data (Remote Command Only) 3.1.9.7 Advanced IF Gain Other IF Gain...
Page 12 Table Of Contents X Offset Y Offset Apply Offset to Limit Table Delete Row Delete Limit Edit Trace Limit Settings Select Limit X Reference Copy from Limit Copy Description Comment Apply to Window Margin Type Delete All Limits Limit Line Fail? (Remote Command Only) Limit Line X List Data (Remote Command Only) Number of Limit X List Points Query (Remote Query Only) Limit Line Y List Data (Remote Command Only)
Page 13 Table Of Contents 3.1.11.1 Trace Align Reference Offset Interval 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement 3.2.1 Views 3.2.2 Windows 3.2.2.1 Data Pre Demod Raw Main Time Spectrum Demod IQ Meas Time IQ Ref Time Demod Error Error Vector Time Error Vector Spectrum RMS Error Vector Time RMS Error Vector Spectrum Common Pilot Error...
Page 14 Table Of Contents Mech Atten Step 3.2.3.3 Range (Baseband Input models) Range Auto/Man I Range Q Range Q Same as I 3.2.3.4 Range (Non-attenuator models) Range Adjust Range for Min Clipping Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping Peak-to-Average Ratio Mixer Lvl Offset 3.2.3.5 Signal Path Presel Center Preselector Adjust...
Page 15 Table Of Contents Graticule Screen Annotation Trace Annotation Control Annotation Meas Bar Display Enable (Remote Command Only) 3.2.6 Frequency 3.2.6.1 Settings Carrier Reference Frequency 3.2.7 Marker 3.2.7.1 Select Marker 3.2.7.2 Settings Marker X Marker Z Marker Y Marker Y Imag Marker Mode Delta Marker (Reset Delta) Marker Settings Diagram...
Page 16 Table Of Contents Marker X Mkr -> CF 3.2.8 Meas Setup 3.2.8.1 Component Carrier 3.2.8.2 Settings Avg|Hold Number Averaging On/Off Average Mode Copy CC To Spur Avoidance Optimize EVM EVM Optimization Method Iterative EVM Optimization Target Auto Couple Meas Preset 3.2.8.3 Meas Standard Preset to Std 3.2.8.4 Component Carrier...
Page 17 Table Of Contents Format Edit Guard Interval per Symbol Edit Time Gaps Edit Pilot IQ Values Edit Preamble IQ Values Resource Mapping Equalizer & Tracking Filter Filter Type Arbitrary Remez Windowed Sinc Remez & Windowed Sinc Advanced Symbol Time Adjustment Synchronization Mode Synchronization Region Selection Synchronization Reference Interval...
Page 18 Table Of Contents Lock Channel Configuration Information (Remote Query only) 3.2.9 Sweep 3.2.9.1 Sweep/Control Sweep/Measure Restart Pause/Resume Abort (Remote Command Only) 3.2.9.2 X Scale X Width Ref Value Ref Position Auto Scaling 3.2.9.3 Recording 3.2.9.4 Playback Playback Mode Playback Start Playback Stop Step Forward Sample Rate...
Page 19 Table Of Contents 3.3.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) Range Adjust Range for Min Clipping Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping Peak-to-Average Ratio Mixer Lvl Offset 3.3.3.4 Signal Path Presel Center Preselector Adjust Internal Preamp µW Path Control Allow Full Bypass in Auto Software Preselection SW Preselection Type SW Preselection BW High Freq Prefilter...
Page 20 Table Of Contents 3.3.6.1 Settings Center Frequency Span CF Step 3.3.7 Marker 3.3.7.1 Select Marker 3.3.7.2 Settings Marker Frequency Marker Mode Delta Marker (Reset Delta) Marker Settings Diagram All Markers Off Couple Markers 3.3.7.3 Peak Search Marker Frequency Peak Search Next Peak Marker Delta 3.3.7.4 Properties...
Page 21 Table Of Contents Global EMC Std Restore Defaults 3.3.9 Sweep 3.3.9.1 Sweep/Control Sweep Time Minimum Acquisition Time Sweep/Measure Restart Pause/Resume Abort (Remote Command Only) Sweep Time Annotation (Remote Query Only) 3.3.9.2 Sweep Config Points Auto Sweep Points 3.3.10 Trace 3.3.10.1 Select Trace 3.3.10.2 Trace Control Trace Type Clear and Write | Restart Averaging | Restart Max/Min Hold...
Page 22 Table Of Contents 3.4.3.2 Attenuation Full Range Atten Mech Atten Elec Atten Adjust Atten for Min Clipping Adjust Atten Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping Mech Atten Step 3.4.3.3 Range (Baseband Input models) Range Auto/Man I Range Q Range Q Same as I 3.4.3.4 Range (Non-attenuator models) Range Adjust Range for Min Clipping...
Page 23 Table Of Contents Delete User View Delete All User Views View Editor Remote Commands View Listing Query User View Listing Query 3.4.5.2 Annotation Graticule Screen Annotation Trace Annotation Control Annotation Meas Bar Display Enable (Remote Command Only) 3.4.6 Frequency 3.4.6.1 Settings Center Frequency CF Step 3.4.7 Marker...
Page 24 Table Of Contents Marker Trace Marker Settings Diagram 3.4.8 Meas Setup 3.4.8.1 Settings Avg/Hold Number (Averaging On/Off) Average Mode Average Type Time Avg Num Meas Time Sample Rate Meas Setup Summary Table Spur Avoidance Auto Couple Meas Preset 3.4.8.2 Advanced Phase Noise Optimization ADC Dither LO Dither...
Page 25 Table Of Contents 3.5.1 Views 3.5.1.1 Normal 3.5.1.2 Carrier Info 3.5.2 Windows 3.5.2.1 Graph 3.5.2.2 Metrics 3.5.2.3 Gate 3.5.2.4 Marker Table 3.5.3 Amplitude 3.5.3.1 Y Scale Ref Value Scale/Div Scale Range Ref Position Auto Scaling 3.5.3.2 Attenuation Full Range Atten Mech Atten Elec Atten Adjust Atten for Min Clipping...
Page 26 Table Of Contents Res BW Video BW RBW Filter Type 3.5.5 Display 3.5.5.1 Meas Display Bar Graph On/Off 3.5.5.2 Annotation Graticule Screen Annotation Trace Annotation Control Annotation Meas Bar Display Enable (Remote Command Only) 3.5.5.3 View View User View Restore Layout to Default Save Layout as New View Re-Save User View Rename User View...
Page 27 Table Of Contents 3.5.7.4 Properties Marker Frequency Relative To Marker Trace Marker Settings Diagram 3.5.8 Meas Setup 3.5.8.1 Settings Avg/Hold Number Averaging On/Off Avg Mode Integ BW PSD Unit IF Gain Spur Avoidance Meas Setup Summary Table Auto Couple Meas Preset 3.5.8.2 Meas Method Meas Method RRC Filter Alpha...
Page 28 Table Of Contents Points IF Dithering Image Protection 3.5.10 Trace 3.5.10.1 Select Trace 3.5.10.2 Trace Control Trace Type Clear and Write | Restart Averaging | Restart Max/Min Hold View/Blank 3.5.10.3 Math Math Function Operand 1 / Operand 2 Offset Reference 3.5.10.4 Detector Detector Detector Select Auto/Man...
Page 29 Table Of Contents Scale/Div Scale Range Ref Level Offset Ref Position Auto Scaling 3.6.3.2 Attenuation Full Range Atten Mech Atten Elec Atten Adjust Atten for Min Clipping Adjust Atten Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping Mech Atten Step 3.6.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) Range Adjust Range for Min Clipping Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping...
Page 30 Table Of Contents Display Enable (Remote Command Only) 3.6.5.3 View View User View Restore Layout to Default Save Layout as New View Re-Save User View Rename User View Delete User View Delete All User Views View Editor Remote Commands View Listing Query User View Listing Query 3.6.6 Frequency 3.6.6.1 Settings...
Page 31 Table Of Contents Power Integration Method 1015 Spur Avoidance 1015 Meas Setup Summary Table 1016 Auto Couple 1016 Meas Preset 1018 Max Hold (Remote Command Only) 1018 3.6.8.2 Limits 1019 Limit 1019 Limit Test 1020 Bandwidth 1020 3.6.8.3 Advanced 1021 Noise Floor Extension 1021 IF Gain...
Page 32 Table Of Contents Detector 1063 Detector Select Auto/Man 1065 3.6.10.5 Trace Function 1065 From Trace 1066 To Trace 1066 Copy 1066 Exchange 1067 Preset All Traces 1067 Clear All Traces 1067 3.6.10.6 Advanced 1068 Measure Trace 1068 3.7 Power Stat CCDF Measurement 1069 3.7.1 Views 1071...
Page 33 Table Of Contents Internal Preamp 1101 1103 µW Path Control 1104 Allow Full Bypass in Auto 1113 Software Preselection 1114 SW Preselection Type 1116 SW Preselection BW 1116 High Freq Prefilter 1117 3.7.4 BW 1118 3.7.4.1 Settings 1118 Info BW 1119 3.7.5 Display 1120...
Page 34 Table Of Contents Couple Markers 1138 3.7.7.3 Properties 1138 Marker X-Axis Value 1139 Relative To 1139 Marker Trace 1139 Marker Settings Diagram 1140 3.7.8 Meas Setup 1140 3.7.8.1 Settings 1140 Counts 1140 Meas Cycles 1141 Meas Interval 1141 Meas Setup Summary Table 1141 Auto Couple 1142...
Page 35 Table Of Contents 3.8.6 Views 1166 3.8.6.1 Normal 1167 3.8.6.2 Carrier Info 1167 3.8.7 Windows 1167 3.8.7.1 Graph 1167 3.8.7.2 Metrics 1168 3.8.7.3 Gate 1171 3.8.7.4 Marker Table 1171 3.8.8 Amplitude 1171 3.8.8.1 Y Scale 1172 Ref Value 1172 Scale/Div 1172 Scale Range 1173...
Page 36 Table Of Contents Res BW 1214 Video BW 1216 RBW Filter Type 1217 RBW Filter BW 1218 3.8.10 Display 1219 3.8.10.1 Meas Display 1219 Bar Graph On/Off 1219 3.8.10.2 Annotation 1219 Graticule 1219 Screen Annotation 1220 Trace Annotation 1220 Control Annotation 1221 Meas Bar 1221...
Page 37 Table Of Contents Next Pk Right 1241 Next Pk Left 1241 Minimum Peak 1241 Pk-Pk Search 1242 Marker Delta 1242 3.8.12.4 Properties 1242 Marker Frequency 1243 Relative To 1243 Marker Trace 1243 Marker Settings Diagram 1244 3.8.13 Meas Setup 1244 3.8.13.1 Settings 1244 Avg | Hold Number...
Page 38 Table Of Contents Offset Freq 1273 Integ BW 1275 Offset Side 1275 Method 1276 Filter Alpha 1277 Offset Freq 1277 Res BW 1277 Video BW 1278 Filter Type 1279 Filter BW 1279 Power Ref Type 1280 Limit Test 1281 Offset Freq 1282 Abs Limit 1282...
Page 39 Table Of Contents Offset Freq 1307 Abs Limit 1307 Rel Limit (Car) 1308 Positive Offset Limit (Remote Command only) 1309 Negative Offset Limit(Remote Command only) 1310 Rel Limit (PSD) 1311 Fail Mask 1312 Offset Frequency Define 1313 Offset Freq 1315 Integ BW 1317 Offset Side...
Page 40 Table Of Contents 3.8.14 Sweep 1355 3.8.14.1 Sweep/Control 1355 Sweep Time 1355 Minimum Acquisition Time 1357 Sweep/Measure 1358 Restart 1360 Pause/Resume 1363 Abort (Remote Command Only) 1363 Sweep Time Annotation (Remote Query Only) 1364 3.8.14.2 Sweep Config 1364 Sweep Time Rules 1364 Points 1365...
Page 41 Table Of Contents 3.9.4 Results for n = 6 1394 3.9.5 Results for n = 7-11 1395 3.9.6 Results for n = 12 1397 3.9.7 Results for n = 14 1397 3.9.8 Results for n = 15 1398 3.9.9 Results for n = 18-20 1399 3.9.10 Number of Offsets 1399...
Page 42 Table Of Contents Adjust Range for Min Clipping 1437 Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping 1437 Peak-to-Average Ratio 1438 Mixer Lvl Offset 1439 3.9.13.4 Signal Path 1439 Presel Center 1439 Preselector Adjust 1441 Internal Preamp 1442 1443 µW Path Control 1445 Allow Full Bypass in Auto 1454 Software Preselection 1455...
Page 43 Table Of Contents Marker Trace 1475 3.9.18 Meas Setup 1475 3.9.18.1 Settings 1475 Avg/Hold Num 1475 Continue Averaging 1476 SEM Terminal Count (Remote Query Only) 1476 Averaging On/Off 1477 Meas Method 1477 RRC Filter Alpha 1478 Non-Contiguous Meas Region 1478 Sweep Type Rules 1478 Mask State...
Page 44 Table Of Contents Offset Freq Define 1522 Offset Detector 1525 Cumulate Mask 1525 Cumulate Mask Stop Frequency 1526 Start Freq 1526 Stop Freq 1527 Res BW 1528 Meas BW 1529 Video BW 1530 VBW/RBW 1531 Inner Offset (Sweep) 1532 Offset Freq Define 1532 Offset Detector 1532...
Page 45 Table Of Contents Offset/Limits Config Table 1559 3.9.18.3 Reference 1559 Measurement Type 1559 Reference Power 1560 Power Ref 1560 Carrier Index 1566 Total Power Ref 1566 PSD Ref 1567 Spectrum Pk Ref 1567 Measure All Ref Carriers 1568 Offset/Limits Config Table 1568 3.9.18.4 Advanced 1568...
Page 46 Table Of Contents Reference 1600 3.9.20.4 Trace Function 1600 From Trace 1601 To Trace 1601 Copy 1601 Exchange 1602 Preset All Traces 1602 Clear All Traces 1602 3.9.20.5 Advanced 1603 Measure Trace 1603 3.10 Spurious Emissions Measurement 1604 3.10.1 Views 1606 3.10.1.1 Graph + Metrics 1606...
Page 47 Table Of Contents 3.10.3.4 Signal Path 1632 Presel Center 1632 Preselector Adjust 1634 Internal Preamp 1635 1636 µW Path Control 1638 Allow Full Bypass in Auto 1647 Software Preselection 1648 SW Preselection Type 1649 SW Preselection BW 1650 High Freq Prefilter 1651 3.10.4 BW 1652...
Page 48 Table Of Contents Marker Mode 1670 Delta Marker (Reset Delta) 1671 Marker Settings Diagram 1671 All Markers Off 1671 Couple Markers 1671 3.10.7.3 Peak Search 1672 Marker Frequency 1672 Peak Search 1672 Next Peak 1672 Next Pk Right 1673 Next Pk Left 1673 Minimum Peak 1673...
Page 49 Table Of Contents Offset Side 1699 Filter/Atten 1699 Frequency Range 1699 Enabled 1700 Start Freq 1700 Stop Freq 1700 Center Frequency 1700 Span 1701 Attenuation 1701 IF Gain 1702 Enabled 1703 Res BW 1703 Meas BW 1703 Video BW 1703 Filter Type 1704 Attenuation...
Page 50 Table Of Contents Restore Defaults 1722 3.10.9 Sweep 1723 3.10.9.1 Sweep/Control 1723 Sweep/Measure 1723 Restart 1725 Pause/Resume 1727 Abort (Remote Command Only) 1728 3.10.9.2 Sweep Config 1728 Sweep Type 1728 Sweep Time Rules 1729 3.10.10 Trace 1730 3.10.10.1 Select Trace 1736 3.10.10.2 Trace Control 1736...
Page 51 Table Of Contents Scale/Div 1761 Ref Position 1762 3.11.3.2 Attenuation 1763 Full Range Atten 1765 Mech Atten 1766 Elec Atten 1769 Adjust Atten for Min Clipping 1772 Adjust Atten 1773 Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping 1773 Mech Atten Step 1777 3.11.3.3 Range (Baseband Input models) 1778 Range Auto/Man 1778...
Page 52 Table Of Contents Delete All User Views 1809 View Editor Remote Commands 1809 View Listing Query 1810 User View Listing Query 1810 3.11.5.3 Annotation 1810 Graticule 1810 Screen Annotation 1811 Trace Annotation 1811 Control Annotation 1812 Meas Bar 1812 Display Enable (Remote Command Only) 1812 3.11.6 Frequency 1814...
Page 53 Table Of Contents 3.11.10 Trace 1835 4 System 1836 4.1 System 1837 4.1.1 Show System 1837 4.1.1.1 Show System contents (Remote Query Only) 1838 4.1.1.2 Computer System description (Remote Query Only) 1838 4.1.2 Show Hardware 1838 4.1.3 Show LXI 1838 4.1.4 Show Support Subscriptions 1839 4.1.5 Show Support ID...
Page 54 Table Of Contents SYSTem:PERSona:MANufacturer 1853 SYSTem:PERSona:MANufacturer:DEFault 1853 SYSTem:PERSona:MODel 1853 SYSTem:PERSona:MODel:DEFault 1854 4.2.5 LXI 1854 4.2.5.1 LAN Reset 1854 4.2.5.2 Device Identification (Remote Command Only) 1854 4.2.6 Restore I/O Config Defaults 1855 4.2.7 Query USB Connection (Remote Query Only) 1855 4.2.8 USB Connection Status (Remote Query Only) 1856 4.2.9 USB Packet Count (Remote Query Only) 1856...
Page 55 Table Of Contents 4.3.7.4 Display Theme 1867 4.3.7.5 Backlight 1868 4.3.7.6 Backlight Intensity 1869 4.3.7.7 Hints 1869 4.3.7.8 Numeric Entry Auto Open 1869 4.3.7.9 Touch On/Off 1870 4.3.7.10 Control Size 1870 4.3.7.11 Quick Save Mode 1870 4.3.7.12 Screen Tabs Left/Right 1871 4.3.7.13 Hide Screen Tabs in Full Screen 1872...
Page 56 Table Of Contents 4.5.3 User Interface 1891 4.5.4 Power On 1891 4.5.5 Alignments 1892 4.5.6 Misc 1892 4.5.7 All 1893 4.6 Alignments 1895 4.6.1 Auto Align 1895 4.6.1.1 Auto Align 1895 4.6.1.2 All but RF 1898 4.6.1.3 Alert 1898 4.6.2 Align Now 1900 4.6.2.1 Align Now All 1902...
Page 57 Table Of Contents 4.6.2.21 Align External Mixer Path 1919 4.6.2.22 Align Low Band 1920 4.6.2.23 Align High Band 1920 4.6.3 Path Delay Calibration 1921 4.6.3.1 Source Path Delay Calibration 1921 4.6.3.2 Path Delay Correction On/Off(Remote Command only) 1923 4.6.4 Show Alignment Statistics 1923 4.6.5 Timebase DAC 1935...
Page 58 Table Of Contents 4.7.1 License Manager 1970 4.7.2 System Software Version Date 1970 4.7.3 Software Support Expiration Date 1971 4.7.4 Network Licenses 1971 4.7.4.1 Application Licenses 1972 4.7.4.2 Instrument Software Options 1972 4.7.4.3 License Checked Out Query (Remote Query Only) 1972 4.7.4.4 List Licenses Checked Out (Remote Query Only) 1973...
Page 59 Table Of Contents 4.11.1 List installed Options (Remote Query Only) 1985 4.11.2 Lock the Front-panel keys (Remote Command Only) 1986 4.11.3 Lock Workstation (Remote Command Only) 1986 4.11.4 List SCPI Commands (Remote Query Only) 1988 4.11.5 Front Panel activity history (Remote Query only) 1988 4.11.6 SCPI activity history (Remote Query only) 1989...
Page 60 Table Of Contents 6.1.2 RF Output Port 2015 6.1.3 Half Duplex Output Port 2017 6.1.4 RF Power 2018 6.1.5 T/R Port High Power Attenuator 2018 6.1.6 Amplitude Setup 2018 6.1.6.1 RF Power 2018 6.1.6.2 Set Reference Power 2022 6.1.6.3 Power Ref 2023 6.1.6.4 Power Unit 2023...
Page 61 Table Of Contents Step Configuration of Transition Time parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2044 Step Configuration of Radio Band parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2044 Step Configuration of Radio Band Link parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2045 Step Configuration of Frequency/Channel Number parameter list (Remote Command Only) 2046 Step Configuration of Power parameter list (Remote Command Only)
Page 62 Table Of Contents 6.1.11.10 PM Deviation 2071 6.1.11.11 PM Rate 2071 6.1.11.12 PM Rate Increment 2072 6.1.11.13 ARB Setup 2072 Basic Control 2072 ARB State 2072 Sample Rate 2073 Run-Time Scaling 2077 Baseband Freq Offs 2077 Baseband Power 2078 Mkr 1-4 Polarity 2078 Pulse/RF Blank 2078...
Page 63 Table Of Contents Repetitions 2097 Marker 1 – Marker 4 2097 Sync Seq File 2097 Insert Waveform 2098 Segments in ARB Memory 2098 Delete Segment From ARB Mem 2099 Delete All From ARB Memory 2099 Delete Segment 2099 Save Sequence 2099 Build New Sequence (Remote Command Only) 2099...
Page 64 Table Of Contents Segment 2 Frequency 2116 IP Address 2117 SCPI Socket Port 2117 Add Secondary Module 2117 Delete Secondary Module 2117 Sync Runtime Settings (Remote Command Only) 2118 6.1.13.4 Sync Start 2118 6.1.13.5 Sync Stop 2118 6.1.13.6 Sync Connected (Remote Query Only) 2119 6.1.14 Source Preset 2119...
Page 65 Table Of Contents 6.2.17 Signal ID Mode 2163 6.2.18 Cable IF Loss 2164 6.2.19 I/Q Path 2165 6.2.20 Reference Z 2167 6.2.21 I/Q Setup 2167 6.2.21.1 I Setup 2167 Differential 2167 Input Z 2168 Skew 2169 Combined Differential/Input Z (Remote Command Only) 2170 6.2.21.2 I Probe 2170...
Page 66 Table Of Contents 6.2.22.4 Q-bar Port 2185 6.2.22.5 I/Q Cable Calibration Time (Remote Query Only) 2186 6.2.23 Audio Input Channel 2186 6.2.24 Audio Calibrator 2186 6.2.25 Audio Coupling 2186 6.2.26 Audio Input Ground 2187 6.2.27 Audio In Impedance 2187 6.2.28 Input/Output Preset 2187 6.3 External Gain 2189...
Page 67 Table Of Contents 6.5.6 Edit Correction Settings 2216 6.5.6.1 Select Correction 2216 6.5.6.2 Freq Interpolation 2216 6.5.6.3 Transducer Unit 2218 6.5.6.4 Description 2219 6.5.6.5 Comment 2219 6.5.7 Complex Corrections 2220 6.5.7.1 Go To Row (Select Correction) 2221 6.5.7.2 Delete Row 2221 6.5.7.3 Delete All 2221...
Page 68 Table Of Contents 6.5.13.10 Start Frequency 2233 6.5.13.11 Stop Frequency 2234 6.5.14 Merge Correction Data (Remote Command Only) 2234 6.5.15 Set (Replace) Data (Remote Command Only) 2235 6.5.16 Correction Group Range Data (Remote Command Only) 2235 6.5.17 Delete Correction Group Range (Remote Command Only) 2236 6.6 Freq Ref Input 2237...
Page 69 Table Of Contents 6.8.3 Trig 1 – 4 Out Device 2266 6.8.4 Src PXI Trig Out 2266 6.8.5 Src Trig Out Polarity 2267 6.8.6 Select Src PXI Line 2267 6.8.7 Analyzer PXI Trig Out 2268 6.8.8 Analyzer Trig Out Polarity 2269 6.8.9 Select Analyzer PXI Line 2269...
Page 70 Table Of Contents 6.9.1.22 Apply 2283 6.9.1.23 Name 2283 6.9.1.24 Last Cal 2284 6.9.1.25 Cal Applied 2284 6.9.1.26 Cal Type 2285 6.9.1.27 Start Freq 2285 6.9.1.28 Stop Freq 2286 6.9.1.29 Freq Step 2287 6.9.1.30 Freq Points 2287 6.9.1.31 Mech Atten Type 2288 6.9.1.32 Mech Atten Start 2288...
Page 71 Table Of Contents 6.9.1.55 Match State 2306 6.9.2 Cal Group 2307 6.9.3 Apply Cal Group 2307 6.9.4 All Apply Cal Group Off 2307 6.9.5 Connection 2308 6.10 Calibrator Control 2309 6.10.1 Select Cal Source 2309 6.10.2 Cal Output 2309 6.10.3 Cal Frequency 2310 6.10.4 Cal Signal Type 2310...
Page 72 Table Of Contents 7.2.14 Limit 2328 7.2.15 Select Limit 2329 7.2.16 Correction 2329 7.2.17 Select Correction 2330 7.2.18 Complex Correction 2330 7.2.19 Select Complex Correction 2331 7.2.20 Recall VDI CCD Correction 2331 7.2.21 Mask 2332 7.2.22 Sequence 2332 7.2.23 Waveform 2332 7.2.24 Load Segment to ARB Memory 2334...
Page 73 Table Of Contents 7.2.47 Power Sensor Cal Factor 2345 7.2.48 Recording 2345 7.2.49 Data Type 2346 7.2.50 Channel 2347 7.2.51 Reset 2347 7.2.52 Recalled data channel table (Display only) 2348 7.2.53 Recording + State 2348 7.2.54 CC Setup 2348 7.2.55 Frame Index (.scp and .pwsg only) 2349 7.2.56 Close VSA after recall (.setx only) 2349...
Page 74 Table Of Contents 7.3.16 ACP Meas Results File Contents 2374 7.3.17 SPUR Meas Results File Contents 2381 7.3.18 SEM Meas Results File Contents 2384 7.3.19 CCDF Meas Results File Contents 2390 7.3.20 TXP Meas Results File Contents 2394 7.3.21 IQ Waveform Meas Results File Contents 2395 7.3.22 Frequency Scan 2396...
Page 75 Table Of Contents 7.3.49 Select Limit 2403 7.3.50 Correction 2403 7.3.51 Select Correction 2407 7.3.52 Saving a SCPI Recording as a Python Script 2407 7.3.53 Mask 2409 7.3.54 Waveform Sequence 2409 7.3.55 Demod Info 2409 7.3.56 Data Type (Digital Demod Measurement) 2409 7.3.57 Select Segment 2409...
Page 76 Table Of Contents 7.3.82 Mass Storage Move (Remote Command Only) 2425 7.3.83 Mass Storage Remove Directory (Remote Command Only) 2426 7.3.84 Mass Storage Determine Removable Media (Remote Query Only) 2426 7.3.85 Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Label (Remote Command Only) 2426 7.3.86 Mass Storage Determine Removable Media Write-protect status (Remote Query Only)
Page 77 Table Of Contents 8.1.1.19 Prot Channel Detection 2458 8.1.1.20 Prot Frame Aligned 2458 8.1.1.21 Prot Event 2459 8.1.2 Trigger Level 2459 8.1.3 Trigger Delay 2461 8.1.4 Trigger Slope 2465 8.1.5 Trigger Level Absolute/Relative 2466 8.1.6 Absolute Trigger Level 2467 8.1.7 Relative Trigger Level 2467 8.1.8 Period 2469...
Page 78 Table Of Contents 8.3.6 Control Edge/Level 2489 8.3.7 Gate Holdoff 2490 8.3.8 Gate View Sweep Time 2491 8.3.9 Gate View Start Time 2492 8.3.10 Gate Delay Compensation 2493 8.3.11 Min Fast Position Query (Remote Query Only) 2494 8.3.12 Gate Preset (Remote Command Only) 2495 8.3.13 Gate Level (Remote Command Only) 2495...
Page 79 Table Of Contents 9.2 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands 2542 9.2.1 *CAL? - Calibration Query 2542 9.2.2 *CLS - Clear Status 2543 9.2.3 *ESE - Standard Event Status Enable 2543 9.2.4 *ESR? - Standard Event Status Register Query 2544 9.2.5 *IDN? - Identification Query 2544 9.2.6 *OPC? - Operation Complete 2545...
Page 80 Table Of Contents 9.3.3.8 Number of Points for Smoothing (Remote Command Only) 2568 9.3.3.9 Mean Trace Data (Remote Command Only) 2569 9.4 Status Register System & STATus Subsystem 2570 9.4.1 Status Register System Diagram 2570 9.4.2 Status Register Hierarchy 2572 9.4.3 Status Register SCPI Commands 2574 9.4.4 How to Use Status Registers...
Page 81 Table Of Contents Questionable Power Positive Transition 2597 9.4.6.7 Questionable Temperature Register 2598 Questionable Temperature Condition 2599 Questionable Temperature Enable 2599 Questionable Temperature Event Query 2600 Questionable Temperature Negative Transition 2600 Questionable Temperature Positive Transition 2600 9.4.6.8 Questionable Frequency Register 2601 Questionable Frequency Condition 2602...
Page 82 Table Of Contents Questionable Integrity Signal Enable 2622 Questionable Integrity Signal Event Query 2623 Questionable Integrity Signal Negative Transition 2623 Questionable Integrity Signal Positive Transition 2624 9.4.6.15 Questionable Integrity Output Register 2624 Questionable Integrity Output Condition 2625 Questionable Integrity Output Enable 2625 Questionable Integrity Output Event Query 2626...
Page 83 Table Of Contents 10.2.18 Trigger Delay 2638 10.2.19 Trigger Level 2638 10.2.20 Trigger Slope 2638 10.2.21 Trigger Source 2638 10.2.22 Trigger Timeout 2639 10.2.23 Signal Input 2639 10.2.24 Use Preselector 2639 10.2.25 Channel Bandwidth Array 2639 10.2.26 Channel Filter Type Array 2640 10.2.27 Channel Filter Alpha Array 2640...
Page 84 X-Series Signal Analyzers Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference 1 Documentation Roadmap This section describes the Keysight products covered by this document, and provides links to related documentation. – "Products Covered by this Document" on page 85 – "Additional Documentation" on page 86...
Page 85 1 Documentation Roadmap 1.1 Products Covered by this Document 1.1 Products Covered by this Document For the full list of instrument models covered by this documentation, see the title page: "Vector Modulation Analyzer ModeUser's & Programmer's Reference" on page Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 86 – Users & Programmers Reference, in downloadable PDF format For information on this Mode, download from: http://literature.cdn.keysight.com/litweb/pdf/N9054-90001.pdf The following documents are available online at keysight.com: X-Series Messages Guide The following documents are in downloadable PDF format: Getting Started Guides & Security –...
Page 87 1 Documentation Roadmap 1.2 Additional Documentation – N9041B UXA Specifications Guide Measurement Guides – Spectrum Analyzer Mode Measurement Guide – Real-Time Spectrum Analyzer Measurement Guide – Noise Figure Measurement Guide – Analog Demod Measurement Application Measurement Guide – Phase Noise Measurement Application Measurement Guide –...
Page 88 X-Series Signal Analyzers Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference 2 User Interface Here are the basic elements of the Multitouch User Interface. For more information, tap a topic. Included in this section are also topics for several front panel keys not described in other topics.
Page 89 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs 2.1 Screen Tabs In the X-Series Multitouch User Interface (or Multitouch UI), you can run many different Measurement Applications, or “Modes”. Examples are Spectrum Analyzer Mode, LTE-A FDD Mode, IQ Analyzer Mode, and Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Mode.
Page 90 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs The following topics provide more information: – "Mode/Meas/View Dialog" on page 90 – "Add Screen" on page 107 – "Multiscreen" on page 177 2.1.1 Mode/Meas/View Dialog The Mode/Meas/View dialog opens when you press the selected (blue) Screen tab (see "Screen Tabs"...
Page 91 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs 2.1.1.1 Mode The first column in the Mode/Meas/View dialog allows you to select the desired Mode from those currently licensed in your instrument. Modes, also known as “measurement applications”, are collections of measurement capabilities packaged together to provide you with an instrument personality specific to your measurement needs.
Page 92 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs :INSTrument:SELect CONFigure commands separately. See "Mode and Measurement Select" on page :INSTrument[:SELect] <mode_id> Remote Command where <mode_id> is one of the values listed in "Index to Modes" on page 93 below :INSTrument[:SELect]? :INST SA Example :INST:CAT? Notes...
Page 93 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs :CONF commands Index to Modes The Mode Number in the table below is the parameter for use with the :INSTrument:NSELect command. The Mode Parameter is the parameter for use with the :INSTrument[:SELect] command. Your actual choices will depend upon which applications are installed in your instrument.
Page 94 Each application (Mode) that runs in an X-Series instrument consumes virtual memory. The various applications consume varying amounts of virtual memory, and as more applications run, the memory consumption increases. Keysight characterizes each Mode and assigns a memory usage quantity based on a conservative estimate.
Page 95 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs :INST:CAT? Example Notes Query returns a quoted string of the installed and licensed modes separated with a comma. Example: "SA,PNOISE,WCDMA" :INSTrument:CATalog? INSTrument:SELECT Backwards VSA (E4406A): returned a list of installed items Compatibility as a comma separated list of string values, for example: Notes "BASIC","GSM","EDGEGSM","CDMA","SERVICE"...
Page 96 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs Current Application Options (Remote Command Only) Returns a string that is the Options list of the currently selected application (Mode). This information is also displayed in the Show System screen :SYSTem:APPLication[:CURRent]:OPTion? Remote Command :SYST:APPL:OPT? Example Notes Query returns a quoted string that is the Option list of the currently selected application (Mode).
Page 97 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs Application Catalog Revision (Remote Command Only) Returns the Revision of the provided Model Number. :SYSTem:APPLication:CATalog:REVision? <model> Remote Command :SYST:APPL:CAT:REV? ‘N9060A’ Example Notes Returned value is a quoted string of revision for the provided Model Number. The revision will be a null- string ("") if the provided Model Number is not installed, licensed, and loaded.
Page 98 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs GSM Mode compatibility command (Remote Command only) Provided for backwards compatibility. When this command is received, the analyzer aliases it to the following: :INST:SEL EDGEGSM :INSTrument[:SELect] GSM Remote Command :INST GSM Example SA compatibility command for EMC (Remote Command only) Provided for ESU compatibility.
Page 99 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs This results in the analyzer being placed in the EMI Receiver Mode, running the APD measurement, in order to emulate the ESU APD Mode. :INSTrument[:SELect] APDistribution Remote Command :INST APD Example IF Mode compatibility command for EMC (Remote Command only) Provided for ESU compatibility.
Page 100 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 101 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs 2.1.1.5 Sequencer Allows multiple Screens to update sequentially while in "Multiscreen" on page 177 display mode. Each Screen updates in sequence, and when all have updated, the sequence will start again. To start the Sequencer, you must have more than one Screen defined, and you must have Multiscreen selected (see "Screen Tabs"...
Page 102 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs In the Sequencer block in the upper left hand corner, tap the Sequencing switch to turn it On: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 103 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs The instrument will immediately exit the Mode/Meas/View Dialog and begin making measurements in each of the screens, one after the other. When a measurement is being made in a particular Screen, that Screen’s tab will be blue. Measurement being made in Screen 1: Measurement being made in Screen 2: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 104 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs Touching any key or control on the display will cause the Sequencer to stop, so that you can make desired changes. When this happens, the message “Sequencer stopped” is displayed. When the Sequencer is running, the screens update in the order in which they were created.
Page 105 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs To reset the name, delete the screen name entirely. Each Screen Name must be unique; you cannot give the same name to more than one screen. :INSTrument:SCReen:REName <alphanumeric> Remote Command :INST:SCR:REN “Baseband” Example Notes The currently active screen is renamed.
Page 106 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs “This function will delete all defined screens and their settings, except for the current screen. This action cannot be undone. Do you want to proceed?” Pressing OK or Enter deletes the screen, pressing Cancel or ESC does not. :INSTrument:SCReen:DELete:ALL Remote Command...
Page 107 2.1 Screen Tabs functions – Easy-to-use Microsoft Windows graphical user interface For more information see the Keysight 89600 Series VSA web site at www.keysight.com/find/89600vsa To learn more about how to use the 89600 VSA in the instrument, start the 89600 VSA software, then open the 89600 VSA Help and navigate to the topic "About...
Page 108 2 User Interface 2.1 Screen Tabs If the display is disabled (via :DISP:ENAB OFF) then the error message “-221, Settings conflict; Screen SCPI cannot be used when Display is disabled” appears Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 109 2 User Interface 2.2 Meas Bar 2.2 Meas Bar The Meas Bar is used to display annotation for the current measurement. There are three primary uses for the Meas Bar: 1. To show annotation for the most important parameters in the measurement so you can see them at a glance 2.
Page 110 2 User Interface 2.2 Meas Bar Settings that are colored amber are those that you need to be particularly aware of; for example, if Alignments are off, this is shown in amber, so you will know that you may not be meeting spec. Similarly, if DC coupling is on, this is shown amber, to alert you to be careful what voltage you put on the input.
Page 111 2 User Interface 2.2 Meas Bar LXI indicator This indicator displays in green when LAN is connected, in white when LAN is not connected, and in red when LAN is connected but has a connection problem. PASS/FAIL indicator This annunciator displays when Limits are turned on. It is green if all Limits are passing, and a red FAIL if any limit is not passing.
Page 112 2 User Interface 2.2 Meas Bar In the example above, trace 1 is active, visible, and in Average using the Sample detector, the other traces are inactive, blanked and in Clear/Write using the Normal detector. Tapping this panel drops down controls for the Traces. Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 113 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display 2.3 Measurement Display The Measurement Display contains one or more data windows displaying the result of the current measurement. These may be graphical or textual windows. Each window in the Measurement display contains a "Window Title"...
Page 114 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display Measurements that support User Views (see "View Editor" on page 156) also display the Window Number in the Window Title, to enable window addressing from SCPI. The number is the number that will be used in the SCPI command to address that window, for example, in the WCDMA Mod Accuracy measurement, Code Domain Power is assigned window number 6, so you address it with the following SCPI command:...
Page 115 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display Note also that the Window Data dropdown can be a cascaded list, if the number of available results requires categorization to hold them all: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 116 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display Note also that the Window Data dropdown sometimes includes controls for further configuring the window, for example, in LTE choosing the desired Component Carrier and Data format. Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 117 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display Touching a window’s title dropdown also selects the window. 2.3.2 Measurement Data The Measurement Data region shows graphical or textual data for the Data selected in the Window Title Data control. Below you can see examples of both graphical and textual windows in a four-window display.
Page 118 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display Swipe There are several swipe actions, as listed below. One of the most important actions is swiping a spectrum window to the left or right, or up or down, to adjust the frequency and level of the spectrum, as shown below. Swipe actions are summarized in the table below.
Page 119 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display Object Action Toggle control Toggle in that direction Pinch You can also pinch in or out either horizontally or vertically to zoom in the x-axis or y-axis dimension. For example, a pinch horizontally lets you adjust the Span of the Spectrum window.
Page 120 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display Right Click on Lets you select Help the Background Right Click on a Lets you add or remove that control from the User Menu or get Help on that Menu Panel control control Tapping an object causes the actions defined in the table below: Object Action Marker...
Page 121 2 User Interface 2.3 Measurement Display Touching anywhere off the hotspot panel or pressing any hardkey except Save or Quick Save closes the hotspot panel. Annotation which is not currently able to be adjusted is not grayed out on the display, but the control in the hotspot that drops down or pops up is grayed out.
Page 122 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel 2.4 Menu Panel The menu panel is the main focus of the X-Series Multitouch user interface. The controls include active functions, dropdowns, action buttons, radio buttons and toggles. Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 123 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 124 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel The menu panel normally appears on the right side of the display and consists of a rectangular panel with multiple “sub-panels” lying on top of each other, each sub- panel being accessed by a tab on the right. You press a front panel key (or “hardkey”) to access a particular menu.
Page 125 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 126 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel If you move to a different menu panel or sub-panel and then come back to a previous panel, the previous panel is always reset to be scrolled all the way back to the top. Accessing Menus Without Using Front-Panel Keys You can access the menu panels without using the front panel keys, as you would need to do if you were operating the instrument using Remote Desktop.
Page 127 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel for example 13.255 GHz, as in the example below: An active function is “active” if the numeric value is surrounded by a black background with a blue border, as below. In this state, it is ready to receive numeric input from the number pad on the front panel, the knob, or the step keys.
Page 128 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel This causes the Numeric Entry Panel to pop up to receive the numbers you are typing: Type in as many digits as required, then touch one of the unit terminator buttons in the Numeric Entry Panel to complete the entry. In this case, 2 GHz was the desired entry, so you just touch the “GHz”...
Page 129 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel The Numeric Entry Panel disappears and, in the example, the active function value becomes 2 GHz. Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 130 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel It is important to note that you can always pop up the Numeric Entry Panel by touching an active function control while it is active; for example, if you were to touch it in the figure above, the Numeric Entry Panel would pop up right next to the control: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 131 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 132 2 User Interface 2.4 Menu Panel You can display the Numeric Entry Panel by touching any active function control while it is active, but you don’t have to pop up the Numeric Entry Panel first, you can just start typing and it will pop up on its own, thus saving you a keystroke. You can also adjust a value without displaying the Numeric Entry panel by turning the knob or using the step keys while an active function is active.
Page 133 2 User Interface 2.5 Cancel key 2.5 Cancel key This front-panel key has the same functions as the Windows Esc (Escape) key. It does the following: – Cancels dialogs – Cancels active functions (unless there is an entry in progress, in which case it cancels that, and reverts to the previous value) –...
Page 134 2 User Interface 2.6 Onscreen Keyboard key 2.6 Onscreen Keyboard key This key turns the onscreen alpha keyboard (OSK) on and off. There are two onscreen keyboards: – The Multitouch OSK, which pops up automatically if, while using the analyzer application, a text field becomes the active function –...
Page 135 2 User Interface 2.7 Touch On/Off Key 2.7 Touch On/Off Key This front-panel key turns the display touch functionality on and off. If off, you can turn it back on using the front panel Touch On/Off key. When the touch functionality is off, you can still use a mouse as a pointer.
Page 136 2 User Interface 2.8 Tab key 2.8 Tab key This key has the same function as the Tab key on a PC keyboard. You can use this key to display the Windows Taskbar, as follows. – Alt-Tab to the Desktop –...
Page 137 2 User Interface 2.9 Local Button 2.9 Local Button Appears in the Menu Panel when the instrument is in remote, and can be brought back to local via the Local (ESC) Key. See also "Cancel key" on page 133. Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 138 2 User Interface 2.10 Control Bar 2.10 Control Bar The Control Bar contains controls and readouts that let you control instrument functions independent of the current measurement. Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 139 2 User Interface 2.11 Windows 2.11 Windows Pressing the Windows icon on the "Control Bar" on page 138 has the same effect as pressing the Windows icon on the Windows taskbar. It displays the Windows taskbar and Start Menu, which allows you to launch Windows programs and access features such as the Control Panel.
Page 140 2 User Interface 2.12 Undo/Redo 2.12 Undo/Redo The Undo button in the "Control Bar" on page 138, and the Undo front panel key, are used to undo the most recently executed function. If you Undo a function, and then decide you should not have done so, you can use the Redo button in the "Control Bar"...
Page 141 2 User Interface 2.12 Undo/Redo UNDO stack REDO stack Det = Peak RBW = 1MHz CF = 1 GHz When you press Undo, the top item on the Undo stack is removed, the action represented by that item is undone, and the item is placed on the Redo stack. So pressing Undo once in the above case would undo the setting of the peak detector, and the stacks would look like this: UNDO stack...
Page 142 2 User Interface 2.12 Undo/Redo For example, in the example above, if you now were to change another setting, such as VBW = 1 kHz, the Redo stack gets cleared, and the stacks would look like this: UNDO stack REDO stack VBW = 1 kHz RBW = 1MHz CF = 1 GHz...
Page 143 2 User Interface 2.12 Undo/Redo When you press the Redo icon or Ctl and the Undo hardkey, you are notified with an advisory popup message; for example, if the Center Frequency had been 300 MHz, and you changed it to 1 GHz and then pressed Undo, the message would say: UNDO: Center Freq 1 GHz ->...
Page 144 2 User Interface 2.13 File Functions 2.13 File Functions The File Functions popup contains controls for executing Save, Recall, File and Print operations. You display the File Functions popup by tapping the File Functions icon in the "Control Bar" on page 138.
Page 145 2 User Interface 2.14 Help 2.14 Help Pressing the Help button in the "Control Bar" on page 138, the Help front panel key, or the F1 key if you have a PC keyboard connected, opens the context-sensitive help system. The Help button appears in the "Control Bar"...
Page 146 2 User Interface 2.15 Status Bar 2.15 Status Bar The Status Panel (or Status Bar) appears at the bottom of the display and contains three fields: The Message Balloon appears on the left side of the Status Panel and lets you know when there is an unread message in the queue.
Page 147 2 User Interface 2.15 Status Bar The triangle is unfilled if no there are no open conditions, filled with yellow if all open conditions are warnings, and filled with red if at least one open condition is an error. The number displayed is the total number of open conditions. Touching the Condition Indicator opens up the Show Status dialog (see below) with the Current Conditions tab selected.
Page 148 2 User Interface 2.15 Status Bar If the display fills up, scrolling is enabled just as in other X-Series Multi-touch UI displays. The Status dialog automatically refreshes as new messages and conditions occur. At the bottom of the screen is a Clear Message Queue button. This button clears all errors in all error queues.
Page 149 2 User Interface 2.15 Status Bar <Error Number>,<Error> Where <Error Number> <Error> are those shown on the Show Errors screen Backwards In some legacy analyzers, the Repeat field shows the number of times the message has repeated since Compatibility the last time the error queue was cleared. In the X-Series, the Repeat field shows the number of times Notes the error has repeated since the last intervening error.
Page 150 2 User Interface 2.15 Status Bar The fields on the History display are: Type Displays the icon identifying the event or condition as an error or warning Displays the error number Message Displays the message text Repeat (RPT) This field shows the number of consecutive instances of the event, uninterrupted by other events.
Page 151 2 User Interface 2.15 Status Bar peak found” – A condition is an occurrence of finite duration, that is, it has a start and an end. Conditions are states of the analyzer characterized by some combination of settings or some kind of failure that the user needs to be told about while it is happening, but then can stop being told once it goes away;...
Page 152 2 User Interface 2.15 Status Bar The fields on the Current Conditions display are: Type Displays the icon identifying the event or condition as an error or warning or informational Displays the error number Message Displays the message text Time Shows the most recent time (including the date) at which the event occurred.
Page 153 2 User Interface 2.15 Status Bar Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 154 2 User Interface 2.16 Block Diagram 2.16 Block Diagram When you press the Block Diagram button in the "Control Bar" on page 138, the display changes to a stylized pictorial representation of the current internal hardware setup and signal processing path. When you touch one of the blocks on the Block Diagram, the corresponding menu panel opens.
Page 155 2 User Interface 2.16 Block Diagram And here is the Block Diagram when the I/Q inputs are selected: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 156 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor 2.17 View Editor This section describes the use of the View Editor, which allows you to: – Add windows to and delete windows from the current measurement – Resize and rearrange windows – Create User Views User Views are custom Views that you create by adding, deleting, rearranging, resizing, or changing the contents of the windows in an existing View, and then saving the edited View as a new View.
Page 157 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 158 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 159 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor You can save an edited View using the Save Layout as New View control in the View menu (see "To Save a User View" on page 170). On occasion, the instrument may automatically save an edited View for you. If you have edited a View, so that the * is displaying next to the View name, you must save that View as a User View before you save State or switch measurements.
Page 160 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor To Close the View Editor Tap the View Editor button again. The user chooses the desired View through the use of the Mode/Meas/View dialog (see "Mode/Meas/View Dialog" on page 90) or the View menu (a tab under the Display key).
Page 161 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor When you do this, you get the View Editor screen, which appears as below. The menu panel switches to the View menu. Here we see that we are in the Predefined View called “Basic”. Each window has two arrows containing + signs.
Page 162 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor A fifth window has been added, and is automatically assigned the number 5. (The window number, which is displayed in the Window Title region, is used when sending SCPI commands to that window). Note the * that now appears next to Basic in the View menu, indicating that you are now in the modified Basic View.
Page 163 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor A panel drops down, containing a Data control for specifying window results. Some measurements, such as LTE-A in this example, also provide controls on this dropdown for specifying other window parameters, such as the Component Carrier and Data Format, Tap the Data control and you will see a list of available results for the window.
Page 164 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor Choose the result you want and tap OK. Here we have chosen IQ Meas Time from the Demod group: Your new, edited User View is now ready to use. Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 165 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor 2.17.2 To Resize or Rearrange Windows in a View Sometimes you may wish to resize a window. To do this go back into the View Editor and note the large, translucent white circles along the edges of the draggable borders.
Page 166 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor The outline of the window appears as it is being dragged. When you start to drag a window, target symbols appear in the other windows: If you drop a window on one of the targets, it swaps positions with the target window.
Page 167 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor When you hover over one of the stripes it gets dimmer, to show the position the window being dragged will take on. If you release a window over an inner stripe, the window you are dragging and the window over which you were hovering resize to share the space the target window originally occupied.
Page 168 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor In either case, one or more of the remaining windows resize to occupy the space formerly occupied by the window you were dragging. 2.17.3 To Delete a Window from a View The View Editor also lets you delete a window. To do this, tap one of the circled red X’s, as shown below.
Page 169 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor Now press the View Editor button (the blue hand) to exit the View Editor. At this point, you have an edited Predefined View, as shown by the * next to Basic: When you are finished with it, you can restore the Layout to the default for Basic by pressing “Restore Layout to Default”.
Page 170 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor View” (if you exit the measurement without saving the edited View, the instrument will save it for you as a User View called “Autosaved”). If you clone the current Screen by pressing the “+” tab, the modified Predefined View will be saved as a User View called “Autosaved”, and it will be available in the new Screen.
Page 171 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor Notice the User View region which has appeared on the menu panel above, with the new User View called “My New View. Notice also that “Basic” has returned to its original, unedited state and the * is gone from its name. Note also that “Restore Layout to Default”...
Page 172 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor When naming a new View, you must choose a name that is not already in use for any User View in any measurement; this is because User Views get written to permanent memory and are available to all instances of the Measurement in any screen. They survive a Mode Preset and also survive shutdown and restart of the application.
Page 173 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor Measurement Name SCPI ID DDEMod Digital Demod DANalyzer Disturbance Analyzer IBSPurious EDR In-band Spurious Emissions EEVM FCAPture Fast Capture FSPectrum Fast Spectrum FMDeviation FM Deviation FMStereo FM Stereo FCOunter Frequency Counter FSCan Frequency Scan PFERror GMSK Phase &...
Page 174 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor Measurement Name SCPI ID PMDeviation PM Deviation PAMPlifier Power Amplifier PCONtrol Power Control PSTatistic Power Stat CCDF EPVTime Power vs Time PULSe Pulse EVMQpsk QPSK EVM RTSC Real Time Scan RFPower RF Power SEMask FLATness Spectral Flatness RTSA...
Page 175 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor Note that copying this file to another instrument will overwrite the file already in that instrument, if any, and will destroy any User Views that might have been created on that instrument. Note that when you delete the last User View for a measurement, the file is removed. 2.17.5 To Rename a User View You can rename a User View by selecting that View and tapping “Rename User View.”...
Page 176 2 User Interface 2.17 View Editor NOTE: There are legacy displays like Marker Table, Peak Table, Measure at Marker and Gate View, which are not Views but special display modes. These are retained for backwards compatibility, however they are turned on and off with switches and do not use the View system.
Page 177 2 User Interface 2.18 Multiscreen 2.18 Multiscreen You can configure up to 16 different Screens at a time. Normally, you only see one Screen, and the set of configured screens is shown across the top of the display in a series of "Screen Tabs"...
Page 178 2 User Interface 2.18 Multiscreen While in Multiscreen View, the button changes from a black background to a blue background: To exit Multiscreen view, tap the button again. Multiscreen View cannot be activated if only one screen is configured. Each Screen contains one Mode, each Mode contains one Measurement, and each Measurement contains a number of Windows arranged in Views.
Page 179 2 User Interface 2.18 Multiscreen – Each Screen has a tab that contains the name of the Mode and Measurement in the box and a number associated with the instance of that Mode. You can enter a custom Screen name that replaces the Mode name, by going into the Mode/Meas dialog –...
Page 180 2 User Interface 2.18 Multiscreen Preset Returns the name of the active screen 2.18.2 Screen List (Remote only command) You can obtain a list of currently configured Screens. This permits your remote program to manage screens for selection, renaming, or deletion. :INSTrument:SCReen:CATalog? Remote Command...
Page 181 2 User Interface 2.19 Fullscreen 2.19 Fullscreen The Fullscreen button is in the "Control Bar" on page 138, at the lower right corner of the display. When Full Screen is pressed the measurement window expands horizontally over the entire instrument display. The screen graticule area expands to fill the available display area.
Page 182 X-Series Signal Analyzers Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference 3 VMA Mode Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode provides flexible modulation analysis capabilities on a broad variety of digital signal formats and standards. These capabilities are primarily accessed through the Digital Demod measurement and Custom OFDM measurement.
Page 183 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement This measurement provides flexible modulation analysis capabilities in the N9054C Vector Modulation Analyzer (VMA) Mode. The measurement is based on the acquisition of IQ Pairs from the instrument. It includes flexible demodulation of a wide variety of standard and custom single-carrier modulation formats.
Page 184 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement For this measurement, the value of is derived by concatenating two 2-digit sub- fields: Segment Index (SI) and Result Index (RI). For details, see "Index Sub-Fields" on page 184. For an overview of all available results, see "Summary of Result Types"...
Page 185 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Sub-field Variable Definition Phase Error Channel Frequency Response (Amplitude) Channel Frequency Response (Phase) Channel Frequency Response (Group Delay) EQ impulse response Demod Bits BER Results IQ Meas Time (Group Delay) IQ Ref Time (Group Delay) ccEVM Frame Summary ccEVM vs Symbol magnitude...
Page 186 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Return Value Dependent on Modulation Format. See "Measurement Results for RI = 09" on page 205 Dependent on Modulation Format. See "Measurement Results for RI = 10" on page 206 Dependent on Modulation Format. See "Measurement Results for RI = 11"...
Page 187 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Average Averaged value in average cycle Peak Hold Detected Peak/Maximum value in average cycle The FETCh, MEASure, or READ queries return the following comma-separated scalar results for Segment SI. For values of SI, see "Index Sub-Fields"...
Page 188 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if Floating point number Quad Error Orthogonal error between the I and Q signals ° Floating point number Gain Gain ratio between the I and Q signals Imbalance Floating point number Signal to noise ratio Floating point number Amplitude...
Page 189 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if Peak Magnitude Location of the symbol that has the largest magnitude error Error Index RMS Phase Error A floating point number of the average phase error over the ° entire measurement area Peak Phase Error A floating point number of the peak phase error in the...
Page 190 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if any RMS Phase Error A floating point number of the average phase error over the ° entire measurement area Peak Phase Error A floating point number of the peak phase error in the °...
Page 191 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if any Frequency Error A floating point number of the frequency error in the measured signal Clock Error A floating point number of symbol clock error I/Q Offset A floating point number of the I and Q error (magnitude squared) offset from the origin Quad Error A floating point number of orthogonal error between the I and...
Page 192 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Formats: 16-QAM, 32-QAM, 64-QAM, 128-QAM, 256-QAM, 512- QAM, 1024-QAM, DVB 16-QAM, DVB 32-QAM, DVB 64-QAM, DVB 128-QAM, DVB 256-QAM Name Description Unit, if Transmit Power A floating point number of transmit power RMS EVM A floating point number of EVM over the entire measurement area...
Page 193 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if Error locations Peak FSK Location of the symbol that has the largest FSK error Error Index RMS FSK Mag A floating point number of the carrier magnitude error over all Error symbols Peak FSK Mag...
Page 194 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Formats: 4-FSK, 8-FSK, 16-FSK Name Description Unit, if any Transmit A floating point number of transmit power Power RMS FSK A floating point number of the RMS average of the FSK Error error at all symbol locations Peak FSK A floating point number of the largest FSK error at all...
Page 195 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if any Peak Phase Error A floating point number of the peak phase error in the ° measurement area Peak Phase Error Location of the symbol that has the largest phase error Index Frequency Error A floating point number of the frequency error in the...
Page 196 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Format: MSK type 2 Name Description Unit, if any Transmit Power A floating point number of transmit power RMS EVM A floating point number of EVM over the entire measurement area Peak EVM A floating point number of the peak EVM in the measurement area Peak EVM Index...
Page 197 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if any Error over the entire measurement area Peak Magnitude A floating point number of the peak magnitude error in Error the measurement area Peak Magnitude Location of the symbol that has the largest magnitude Error Index error RMS Phase Error...
Page 198 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if any measurement area Peak Phase Error Location of the symbol that has the largest phase error Index Frequency Error A floating point number of the frequency error in the measured signal I/Q Offset A floating point number of the I and Q error (magnitude...
Page 199 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit, if any Quad Error A floating point number of orthogonal error between ° the I and Q signals Gain Imbalance A floating point number of the gain ratio between the I and Q signals Amplitude A floating point number of the change in the...
Page 200 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Description Unit (if any) RMS ASK Error RMS average of the ASK error at all symbol locations Floating point number Peak ASK Error Largest ASK error at all symbol locations Floating point number Peak ASK Error Location of the symbol that has the largest ASK error Index...
Page 201 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Format: Custom IQ Name Description Unit (if any) Transmit Power Transmit power Floating point number RMS EVM A floating point number of EVM over the entire measurement area Peak EVM A floating point number of the peak EVM in the measurement area Peak EVM Index Peak Hold) is the location of the symbol that has the largest...
Page 202 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Formats Results Offset QPSK Returns 5 comma-separated scalar values of the pass/fail (0.0 = passed, or 1.0 = failed) results determined by testing the following Shaped Offset QPSK items: 1. Pass/Fail result of Tx Power 2.
Page 203 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Formats Results CPM (FM) Returns 4 comma-separated scalar values of the pass/fail (0.0 = passed, or 1.0 = failed) results determined by testing the following items: 1. Pass/Fail result of Tx Power 2.
Page 204 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Results Formats – 2nd number = Q of the symbol 0 decision point – … – (2 * X) + 1 number = I of the symbol 1 decision point – (2 * X) + 2 number = Q of the symbol 1 decision point –...
Page 205 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Results Formats – … – (2 * X) * N +1 th number = I of the symbol N decision point – (2 * X) * N +2 th number = Q of the symbol N decision point 3.1.1.6 Measurement Results for RI = 08 The FETCh, MEASure, or READ...
Page 206 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.1.8 Measurement Results for RI = 10 TThe FETCh, MEASure, or READ queries return the following comma-separated scalar results for Segment SI. For values of SI, see "Index Sub-Fields" on page 184. For details of available formats, see "Modulation Format"...
Page 207 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.1.10 Measurement Results for RI = 12 The FETCh, MEASure, or READ queries return the following comma-separated scalar results for Segment SI. For values of SI, see "Index Sub-Fields" on page 184. For details of available formats, see "Modulation Format"...
Page 208 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Formats Result 2-ASK Reserved 2-FSK, 4-FSK, 8-FSK, 16-FSK CPM (FM) All others CH Freq Response (Amptd) of Segment Returns the amplitude trace of the channel frequency response trace 3.1.1.13 Measurement Results for RI = 15 The FETCh, MEASure, or READ queries return the following comma-separated scalar...
Page 209 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Modulation Formats Result 2-ASK Reserved 2-FSK, 4-FSK, 8-FSK, 16-FSK CPM (FM) All others Equalizer impulse response trace of Segment Returns a series of floating point numbers (in dB) that represent each sample in the equalizer’s impulse response trace 3.1.1.16 Measurement Results for RI = 20 The FETCh, MEASure, or...
Page 210 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement "Normal" on page 210 "Demod Traces" on page 226 "Demod Error" on page 211 "Result Summary" on page 211 "Eye Diagram" on page 211 Some of these are multiple-window Views. When in a multiple-window View, you select a window by touching it.
Page 211 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement "IQ Meas Spectrum" on page 216 "FSK Meas Spectrum" on page 218 "IQ Meas Time" on page 215 "FSK Meas Time" on page 217 Dual-window view consists of the above two windows. :DISP:DDEM:VIEW DTR Example 3.1.2.3 Demod Error Windows:...
Page 212 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement to configure the trace data. For example, the following command sets the first window data to Spectrum. :DISP:DDEM:WIND1:DATA SPEC Use the SCPI command: :DISPlay:DDEMod:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:FORMat <enum> to configure the trace display format. For example, the following command sets the first window trace display format to Constellation.
Page 213 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Trace data results Modulation Format FSK Trace Data SCPI Description MTIMe FSK Meas Time Demodulated Time Trace MSPectrum FSK Meas Spectrum FFT of FSK Meas Time RTIMe FSK Ref Time Reconstructed ideal time waveform to compare FSK Meas Time against RSPectrum FSK Ref Spectrum FFT of FSK Ref Time...
Page 214 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Trace Data SCPI Description EVTime Error Vector Vector difference between IQ Meas Time and IQ Ref Time at each point in time Time EVSPectrum Error Vector FFT of Error Vector Time Spectrum MERRor Mag Error Difference in length of the IQ Meas Time vector and IQ Ref Time vector at each point in time...
Page 215 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Sets the second window data to Search Time Time Time is the envelope of the data which is used to demodulation. It’s 20 % longer than the Meas Interval, 10 % of the Meas Interval before the demodulated segment and 10 % after.
Page 216 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DISP:DDEM:WIND:DATA MTIM Example Sets the first window data to IQ Meas Time :DISP:DDEM:WIND:FORM CONS Selects Constellation as the first window data format IQ Ref Time Available for all modulation formats except 2-FSK. IQ Ref Time is the reconstructed ideal time waveform to compare IQ Meas Time against.
Page 217 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement IQ Ref Spectrum Available for all modulation formats except any FSK type. IQ Ref Spectrum is the frequency spectrum of the IQ Ref Time trace data. The demodulator produces the spectrum by windowing and FFT the IQ reference data. If the reference filter is selected, the spectrum represents the signal after filtering.
Page 218 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Format name Description Real part of data is shown on horizontal axis, imaginary part is shown on vertical axis, Independent variable (X axis) is normal to display Constellation Same as I-Q, but for data with symbols defined, only the symbol points are shown as dots with no connecting lines Real (I) Real part of data is shown on a linear Y axis...
Page 219 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement ASK Meas Time is the measured time data results for the input signal. There are 6 available formats for this trace data: I-Q, Constellation, Real, Imaginary, I-Eye and Q-Eye. Normally this trace data is displayed with I-Q format. Format name Description Real part of data is shown on horizontal axis, imaginary part is shown on vertical axis, Independent...
Page 220 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement ASK Meas Spectrum Available only when the demodulation format is any ASK type. ASK Meas Spectrum is the frequency spectrum of the ASK Meas Time trace data. The demodulator produces the spectrum by windowing and FFT the ASK measured data.
Page 221 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Error Vector Spectrum is the frequency spectrum of the Error Vector Time trace data. The demodulator produces the spectrum by windowing and FFT the Error Vector Time data. On this trace, the individual error vectors are plotted vs frequency. :DISP:DDEM:WIND2:DATA EVSP Example Sets the second window data to Error Vector Spectrum...
Page 222 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement This trace is the frequency spectrum of the FSK Vector Time trace data. The demodulator produces the spectrum by windowing and FFT the FSK Error Time data. On this trace, the individual error vectors are plotted vs frequency. :DISP:DDEM:WIND2:DATA EVSP Example Sets the second window data to FSK Error Spectrum...
Page 223 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement CH Freq Response Displays the channel frequency response for which the equalizer is correcting. It is computed as the inverse of the equalization filter’s frequency response. :DISP:DDEM:WIND2:DATA CHFR Example Sets the second window data to CH Freq Response EQ Impulse Response Displays the impulse response of the equalization filter.
Page 224 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Amplitude Ratio is the free decision distance in height of a digital signal and is calculated as 2B/(A+B). A and B are the maximum and minimum amplitude difference at the decision point. An ideal signal has a decision height of 100%. –...
Page 225 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Frequency Deviation Tolerance: Modulation frequency tolerance is measured as a percentage of the frequency deviation fdev, dictated by the modulation index. In the case of 2-FSK, the measure frequency deviation f at decision point shall be constrained to the range of 70% fdev <|f| <130% fdev.
Page 226 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Demod Bits Displays the demodulation bits. :DISP:DDEM:WIND2:DATA DBIT Example Sets the second window data to Demod Bits When Tx BER is turned on, this table includes BER results: Frame Summary This table shows the frame summary results. :DISP:DDEM:WIND2:DATA FRAM Example Sets the second window data to Frame Summary...
Page 227 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.3.2 Selected Segment / Format These two elements of the window dropdown enable you to select the segment and the format to be used for displaying the demodulated trace. Selected Segment Displays a menu of segment choices for the selected window. :DISPlay:DDEMod:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:SEGMent? Remote Command :DISP:DDEM:WIND2:SEGM SEGM1...
Page 228 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Format name Description Log Mag (dB) Data is converted to decibel units and shown on a linear Y axis Linear Mag (Abs Magnitude of the data is shown on a linear Y axis Value) Real (I) Real part of data is shown on a linear Y axis...
Page 229 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.4.1 Y Scale Contains controls that pertain to the Y axis parameters of the measurement. These parameters control how data on the vertical (Y) axis is displayed and control instrument settings that affect the vertical axis. Auto Scale Changes the Y reference value and Scale per Division so the full trace is displayed without clipping.
Page 230 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DISPlay:DDEMod:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel <real> Remote Command :DISPlay:DDEMod:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel? Example Set the Y ref value of the third window to 20: :DISP:DDEM:WIND3:Y:RLEV 20 Query the Y ref value of the third window: :DISP:DDEM:WIND3:Y:RLEV? Preset Depends on trace data State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max...
Page 231 Meas Preset. Only available when the hardware set includes an input attenuator, which is typically only the case for Keysight’s benchtop instruments. For example, this tab does not appear in VXT models M9420A/10A/11A/15A/16A, M9410E/11E/15E/16E, nor in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
Page 232 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Note that Configuration 2 is not strictly speaking a dual-section attenuator, since there is no electronic section available. However, it behaves exactly like Configuration 1 without the Electronic Attenuator Option EA3, therefore for the sake of this document it is grouped into the “Dual-Attenuator”...
Page 233 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Full Range Atten This control and Attenuator Summary only appear in N9041B, when the RF input is selected, the RF Input Port is set to RF Input 2, and the Full Range Attenuator is installed.
Page 234 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Mech Atten Labeled Mech Atten in Dual-Attenuator models, and Atten in Single-Attenuator models. In the Dual-Attenuator configuration, this control only affects the mechanical attenuator. Lets you modify the attenuation applied to the RF input signal path. This value is normally auto-coupled to Ref Level, "Internal Preamp"...
Page 235 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 7.5 GHz to above 7.5 GHz, the attenuation setting changes to a multiple of 10 dB that is no smaller than the previous setting. For example, 4 dB attenuation changes to 10 dB Preset Auto The Auto value is 10 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 dB...
Page 236 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man As described under "Attenuation" on page 1763, there are two distinct attenuator configurations available in the X-Series, the Single Attenuator and Dual-Attenuator configurations. In Dual-Attenuator configurations, we have mechanical attenuation and electronic attenuation, and current total attenuation is the sum of electronic + mechanical attenuation.
Page 237 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement This control includes an Enable/Disable toggle switch; it is only possible to enter a value for the Electronic Attenuator when this switch is in the Enable position. For more details of the Electronic Attenuator, see "More Information"...
Page 238 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Transition Rules" on page 239 Preset 0 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 dB Dual-Attenuator configuration: 24 dB Single-Attenuator configuration: the total of ATT and EATT cannot exceed 50 dB. So, if the EATT is set to 24 dB first, the main attenuation cannot be greater than 26 dB and will be reduced accordingly;...
Page 239 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Mechanical Attenuator Transition Rules When the Electronic Attenuator is enabled, the Mechanical Attenuator transitions to a state that has no Auto function. Below are the rules for transitioning the Mechanical Attenuator. Note that the information below only applies to the Dual- Attenuator configurations, and only when the Electronic Attenuator is installed: When the Electronic Attenuation is enabled from a disabled state: –...
Page 240 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Using the Electronic Attenuator: Pros and Cons The electronic attenuator offers finer steps than the mechanical attenuator, has no acoustical noise, is faster, and is less subject to wear. The “finer steps” advantage of the electronic attenuator is beneficial in optimizing the alignment of the instrument dynamic range to the signal power in the front panel as well as remote use.
Page 241 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Electric attenuator only – Combination of Electric attenuator and Mechanical attenuator when [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate is executed. [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:TYPE EONLy | COMBined Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:TYPE? :POW:RANG:OPT:TYPE EONL Example :POW:RANG:OPT:TYPE? Dependencies Does not appear in the Swept SA, RTSA, Monitor Spectrum and Complex Spectrum measurements Appears in the Waveform measurement in BASIC and 5G NR Modes COMBined Preset...
Page 242 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Notes The parameter option ELECtrical sets this function to in Single-Attenuator models The parameter option COMBined is mapped to ELECtrical in Single-Attenuator models. If you send COMBined, it sets the function to and returns ELEC to a query For SCPI compatibility with models that do not have an input attenuator, the...
Page 243 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 1772 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 241 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 244 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 245 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 241 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
Page 246 All other models: 2 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state 3.1.4.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) Only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products, such as VXT and M941xE. State Saved Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC.
Page 247 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Adjust Range for Min Clipping Sets the combination of attenuation and gain based on the current measured signal level so that clipping will be at a minimum. This is an "immediate action" function, that is, it executes once, when the key is pressed.
Page 248 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Peak-to-Average Ratio Used with "Range (Non-attenuator models)" on page 1782 to optimize the level control in the instrument. The value is the ratio, in dB, of the peak power to the average power of the signal to be measured. A ratio of 0 should be used for sinusoidal signals;...
Page 249 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Mixer Lvl Offset This is an advanced setting to adjust target Range at the input mixer, which in turn affects the signal level in the instrument’s IF. This setting can be used when additional optimization is needed after setting "Peak-to-Average Ratio"...
Page 250 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Range Auto/Man The Auto setting for Range causes the range to be set based on the Y Scale settings. When Range is Auto, the I & Q Range are set based on the top of the Y Scale when the Y scale is in dB units (for example, power), or to the max(abs(top), abs(bottom)) when the Y scale reference is not at the top of the screen.
Page 251 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement I Range The internal gain range for the I channel when the Input Path is I Only or I and I/Q. Used for both the I and Q channels when the Input Path is I+jQ. [:SENSe]:VOLTage:IQ[:I]:RANGe[:UPPer] <voltage>...
Page 252 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement states (1V Peak, 0.5V Peak, 0.25V Peak, and 0.125V Peak) will vary with Reference Z. Here are some examples: 50 Ω: 10, 4, -2, -8 75 Ω: 8.2, 2.2, -3.8, -9.8 600 Ω: -0.8, -6.8, -12.8, -18.9 Preset 10.0 dBm Range...
Page 253 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement "Rng: 1 V, 0.5 V " the I Range is 1 V Peak and the Q Range is 0.5 V Peak This is an alternate form of the command to allow entry as a power. [:SENSe]:POWer:IQ:Q:RANGe[:UPPer] <ampl>...
Page 254 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.4.5 Signal Path Contains controls that pertain to the routing of the signal through the frontend of the instrument. In general, only appears in instruments whose hardware supports this signal routing. For example, this tab does not appear in many of the modular instrument products, including VXT Model M9420A, or UXM.
Page 255 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement is sent in these instruments, accepted without error, and the query always returns 0 – Grayed-out in the Spectrogram View Couplings The active marker position determines where the centering will be attempted If the instrument is in a measurement such as averaging when centering is initiated, the act of centering the preselector restarts averaging, but the first average trace will not be taken until the centering is completed The offset applied to do the centering appears in...
Page 256 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement When Presel Center is performed, the offset applied to do the centering becomes the new value of Preselector Adjust. [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:PADJust? :POW:PADJ 100KHz Example :POW:PADJ? Notes The value on the control is displayed to 0.1 MHz resolution –...
Page 257 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement The instrument takes the preamp gain into account as it sweeps. If you sweep outside of the range of the preamp, the instrument will also account for that. The displayed result always reflects the correct gain. For some measurements, when the preamp is on and any part of the displayed frequency range is below the lowest frequency for which the preamp has specifications, a warning condition message appears in the status line.
Page 258 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Not available when the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Annotation When the USB Preamp is not connected to USB, the Preamp annotation in the Meas Bar says “Off” if the preamp is off and displays the frequency range of the low band or full range preamp depending on the setting.
Page 259 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in State More Information When LNA is installed, the preamp annotation changes to show the state of both LNA and Internal Preamp. Below is an example: Note that when operating entirely in the low band (below about 3.6 GHz), if LNA is on, Internal Preamp is switched off (even if you have its switch set to ON).
Page 260 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement You may choose Low Noise Path Enable for a lower noise floor, especially in the 21- 26.5 GHz region, though without improving many measures of dynamic range, and without giving the best possible noise floor. The preamp, if purchased and used, gives better noise floor than does Low Noise Path Enable, but the preamp’s compression threshold and third-order intercept are much poorer than that of Low Noise Path Enable.
Page 261 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement as well as option FBP In any of these cases, if the required options are not present and the SCPI command is sent, error - 241, "Hardware missing; Option not installed" is generated Low Noise Path Enable and Full Bypass Enable are grayed-out if the current measurement does not support them Low Noise Path Enable and Full Bypass Enable are not supported in Avionics and MMR Modes (non-...
Page 262 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement This allows the function to automatically switch based on certain Auto Rules as shown below: VMA Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Digital Demod Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in which case choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Presel Bypass...
Page 263 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Rule’ is Best Dynamic Range, auto µW path is standard For other cases, auto µW path is presel bypass if presel bypass is enabled, auto µW path is standard if presel bypass is not enabled Spurious Always Standard Path Emissions...
Page 264 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO? Dependencies Only appears in VMA, WLAN, 5G NR and CQM Modes Couplings "µW Path Control Auto" on page 261 above Preset ON|OFF Range Low Noise Path Enable Low Noise Path Enable provides a lower noise floor under some circumstances, particularly when operating in the 21–26.5 GHz region.
Page 265 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement high enough that the preamp option would have excessive third-order intermodulation or compression. The preamp, if purchased and used, gives better noise floor than does the “Low Noise Path.” However, its compression threshold and third-order intercept are much poorer than that of the non-preamp path.
Page 266 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement amount, giving better return loss at the instrument input. Harmonic measurements, such as second and third harmonic levels, are much improved using the low noise path because of the superiority of that path for harmonic (though not intermodulation) distortion performance.
Page 267 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – the stop frequency is above 3.6 GHz. – the internal preamp is not installed or if installed, is set to Off or Low Band Note that this means that, when any part of a sweep is done in Low Band, the Low Noise Path is not used, whether or not the Full Bypass Enable is selected in the user interface.
Page 268 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement For most applications, the preset state is OFF, which gives the best remote-control throughput, minimizes acoustic noise from switching, minimizes out of band spurs, and minimizes the risk of wear in the hardware switches. Preselector and Bandwidth Conflict When the Frequency Extender Preselector is applied and the signal bandwidth is greater than 2.5 [GHz], then a settings alert message will show to warn the user that...
Page 269 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement “Full Bypass Enabled, maximum safe input power reduced” [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON Example :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? Dependencies Only appears if Option FBP is installed, and in the following measurements –...
Page 270 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement specific algorithm used for software preselection is specified by the SW Preselection Type selection – Normal or Advanced. For N9042B+V3050A, Software Preselection only applies for frequencies above 50 GHz, therefore it is only used for External RF. Even if it is turned on, it will not be used for other inputs and never for frequencies below 50 GHz.
Page 271 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state SW Preselection Type Specifies the algorithm used for software preselection. Two hidden sweeps occur in succession. The second sweep is offset in LO frequency by 2 * IF / N. For each point in each trace, the smaller amplitude from the two traces is taken and placed in that point in the selected trace.
Page 272 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – NORMal – when making Swept measurements, a software preselection algorithm is used which takes up to 4 background acquisitions, then post-processes the result. This algorithm can remove images from signals with an occupied bandwidth up to around 3 GHz.
Page 273 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Enable High Freq Prefilter for the IQ Waveform Measurement, in multiple Modes: :WAV:PFIL ON Enable High Freq Prefilter for the Swept SA Measurement in Mode: :SAN:PFIL ON Dependencies Only appears in VXT models M9410A/11A with center frequency above 1310 MHz, and M9410E/11E in frequency range 1310MHz~5GHz Preset "Prefilter Presets"...
Page 274 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.5.1 Settings Contains the basic bandwidth functions. It is the only tab under BW. Info BW Enables you to enter a frequency value to set the channel bandwidth that will be used for data acquisition. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:BANDwidth[:RESolution] <freq>...
Page 275 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Demod Bits Format Selects the display format for demodulation bits. :DISPlay:DDEMod:BITS:FORMat HEX | BINary Remote Command :DISPlay:DDEMod:BITS:FORMat? :DISP:DDEM:BITS:FORM HEX Example :DISP:DDEM:BITS:FORM? Preset State Saved Range Hex|Binary Tx Pattern Display Turns on/off Tx Pattern display in Demod Bits window. :DISPlay:DDEMod:TXBit:PATTern OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command :DISPlay:DDEMod:TXBit:PATTern?
Page 276 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Ideal State Size Determines the ideal state size, as a percentage of the maximum ideal state distance from the origin (the same way Error Vector Magnitude is defined). Ideal states are shown as circles or crosses in Vector and constellation diagrams, as determined by the Ideal State Shape setting.
Page 277 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DISP:VIEW ZSP Example sets the zone span view in Swept SA NORM Preset State Saved Saved in Instrument State User View Lets you choose a View from the saved User Views for the current measurement. This panel only appears if a User View exists for the current measurement.
Page 278 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement If the specified view is not a valid View, the query returns the error message “-224, Illegal parameter value; View with the name <alphanumeric> does not exist” If the display is disabled (via :DISP:ENAB OFF) then the error message “-221, Settings conflict;...
Page 279 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Rename User View You can rename the current View by giving it a new unique name. Only User Views can be renamed, if the current View is a Predefined View, an error occurs. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:REName <alphanumeric>...
Page 280 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:DEL:ALL Example Notes Disabled if there are no User Views View Editor Remote Commands The following remote commands help you manage Views and User Views. Note that the SCPI node for User Views handles both Predefined and User Views. The legacy nodes, :DISPlay:VIEW[:SELect] and :DISPlay:VIEW:NSEL, are retained for...
Page 281 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.6.3 Annotation Contains controls for setting up the annotation for the current Mode or Measurement. Graticule Turns the display graticule On or Off for all windows with graticules in all measurements in the current Mode. Also turns the graticule Y-Axis annotation on and off.
Page 282 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Trace Annotation Turns on and off the labels on the traces, showing their detector (or their Math Mode) as described in the Trace section, for all windows in all measurements in the current Mode for which Trace Annotation on/off is supported. If Trace Math is being performed on a trace, then the Trace Math annotation replaces the detector annotation.
Page 283 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DISP:ANN:MBAR OFF Example Dependencies Grayed out and forced to when System Display Settings, Annotation is Preset This remains through a Preset when System Display Settings, Annotation is set to State Saved Saved in instrument state Display Enable (Remote Command Only) Turns the display on/off, including the display drive circuitry.
Page 284 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Name Command :INSTrument:SCReen:DELete:ALL Delete All But This Screen :INSTrument:SCReen:CREate Add Screen :INSTrument:SCReen:REName Rename Screen :SYSTem:SEQuencer Sequencer On/Off :DISPlay:ENABle OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command :DISPlay:ENABle? :DISP:ENAB OFF Example :DISP:ENAB OFF :DISP:ENAB ON turns Backlight ON, but changing Couplings...
Page 285 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement The Center Frequency setting is the same for all measurements within a mode, that is, it is Meas Global. Some Modes are also able to share a Mode Global center frequency value. If this is the case, the Mode will have a Global tab in its Meas Setup menu.
Page 286 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement RF Center Freq Specifies the RF Center Frequency. Sets the Center Frequency to be used when the RF input is selected, even if the RF input is not the input that is selected at the time the command is sent.
Page 287 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement setup Preset When a Mode Preset is performed while in External Mixing, the Start frequency of the current Mode is set to the nominal Min Freq of the lowest harmonic range in the Harmonic Table for the current mixer setup.
Page 288 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO OFF | ON | 0 | 1 [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer:STEP:AUTO? :FREQ:CENT:STEP 500 MHz Example Increases the current center frequency value by 500 MHz :FREQ:CENT:STEP? :FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO ON :FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes Preset and Max values depend on Hardware Options (503, 507, 508, 513, 526) Dependencies BW, Center frequency If the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled, any attempt to change the value of the center frequency...
Page 289 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Notes The selected marker is remembered even when not in the Marker menu and is used if a search is done or a Band Function is turned on, or for Continuous Peak Preset Marker 1 State Saved The number of the selected marker is saved in instrument state...
Page 290 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Marker Y Enables you to set or read back the selected marker's Y Axis value in the current Y Axis Scale unit. Setting the Y value has no effect (other than to cause the marker to become selected) if the marker mode is other than fixed.
Page 291 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Notes Grayed-out unless the marker is fixed and on a vector display If suffix is sent, it must match the Y units for the trace the marker is on. Otherwise, error -138, "Suffix not allowed"...
Page 292 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Delta Marker (Reset Delta) Pressing this control has exactly the same effect as pressing Delta in Marker Mode. The selected marker becomes a Delta Marker. If the selected marker is already a Delta marker, the reference marker is moved to the current position of the selected marker, thus resetting the Delta to zero.
Page 293 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.8.3 Peak Search The controls on this tab enable you to move the marker to selected peaks of the signal, giving you enormous analysis capabilities, particularly when combined with the Delta Marker function. Marker X Sets the X Axis value of the selected marker in the current X Axis Scale unit.
Page 294 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Next Higher Amplitude Moves the marker to the peak next higher in Y value than the peak it is currently on. If the format is complex (vector or constellation) then the marker moves to the closest point that has a higher magnitude than the marker's current position.
Page 295 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Minimum Peak Moves the selected marker to the minimum y-axis value on the current trace. Minimum (negative) peak searches do not have to meet the peak search criteria. It just looks for the lowest y-axis value. If the selected marker is Off, it is turned on before the minimum search is performed.
Page 296 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement marker is already a Delta marker, the reference marker is moved to the current position of the selected marker, thus resetting the Delta to zero. The control is duplicated here to enable you to conveniently perform a peak search and change the marker’s control mode to Delta without having to access two separate menus.
Page 297 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Marker Window Assigns the specified marker to the designated trace. :CALCulate:DDEMod:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:WINDow <int> Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:WINDow? :CALC:DDEM:MARK:WIND 2 Example Sets the first marker’s trace to window 2 :CALC:DDEM:MARK:WIND? Query the first marker’s trace Notes Assigns the specified marker to the designated window Preset State Saved...
Page 298 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :CALCulate:DDEMod:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:FUNCtion NOISe | BPOWer | BDENsity | OFF Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:FUNCtion? :CALC:DDEM:MARK:FUNC BPOW Example :CALC:DDEM:MARK:FUNC? Preset State Saved Range Marker Noise|Band Power|Band Density|Marker Function Off Annotation Mkr # <X value> and <Marker value> upper right on graph Band Span Enables you to set the width of the span for the selected marker.
Page 299 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Band Right Enables you to adjust the right side of the band. In order to remain centered in the band, the marker position must also change as you change the right edge. The left edge is unaffected.
Page 300 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Notes Sending this command selects the subopcoded marker Dependencies Not available (control is grayed out) when x-axis is the time domain Couplings All the usual couplings associated with setting Center Frequency apply 3.1.9 Meas Setup Contains functions for setting up the measurement parameters and also contains functions for setting up parameters global to all measurements in the mode.
Page 301 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Averaging On/Off Turns averaging on or off. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:AVERage[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:AVERage[:STATe]? :DDEM:AVER OFF Example :DDEM:AVER? Preset State Saved Range Off|On Averaging Mode Toggles the averaging mode between EXPonential and Repeat.
Page 302 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement When Spur Avoidance is enabled (the default), the instrument uses a software algorithm to remove this spur from the displayed measurement data, but the algorithm only operates under certain conditions. Specifically, it only operates when the Info BW <= maxBW/2.5.
Page 303 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Optimize EVM This is an "immediate action" function to optimize EVM for the current input signal. It is used to set the combination of the preamp, mechanical and electronic attenuation, and IF gain value based on the measured signal peak level. Its purpose is to get better EVM results by improving the SNR and avoid ADC overload at the same time.
Page 304 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Iterative EVM Optimization Target Specify the segment will be used as iterative EVM optimization target. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:OPTimize:ITERative:TARGet SEGMent1 | … | SEGMent6 Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:OPTimize:ITERative:TARGet? :DDEM:OPT:ITER:TARG SEGM1 Example :DDEM:OPT:ITER:TARG? Dependencies This control is invalid when EVM Optimization Method is Normal SEGMent1 Preset State Saved...
Page 305 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement would set RBW to Auto "behind the scenes" so that, on exit from Zero Span, it would be in Auto. Any Auto/Man selection specific (local) to the other measurements in the current Mode are not affected by Auto Couple. Any functions that are not coupled with other instrument parameters, such as ranging or leveling variables, such as AutoRange or AutoScale, are not affected.
Page 306 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Resolution Bandwidth – Fundamental Frequency – Dwell Time – Range Table Resolution Bandwidths – Range Table Dwell Times Meas Preset Restores all measurement parameters to their default values. :CONFigure:DDEMod Remote Command :CONF:DDEM Example Notes Restore all defaults of parameters...
Page 307 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3/5, DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 13/18, DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 18/30 (3/5-L), DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 20/30 (2/3-L), DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 23/36, DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 25/36, DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 26/45, DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 28/45, DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 90/180 (1/2), DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 96/180 (8/15), DVB-S2X 16 APSK with code rate 100/180 (5/9), DVB-S2X 16 APSK with...
Page 308 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement NONE | EDGE | NADC | PDC | PHS(PHP) | ATSC 8VSB | ATSC 16VSB | DVB 16QAM | Range DVB 32QAM | DVB 64QAM | DVB 128QAM | DVB 256QAM | APCO25 C4FM/CQPSK Combined | APCO25 CQPSK EVM | APCO25 HCPM | APCO25 HDQPSK | APCO25 HDQPSK EVM | DMR | DPMR | DECT | TETRA | VDL Mode2/3 | MI-STD CPM | WiSUN 2FSK 50/1 | WiSUN 2FSK 100/1 | WiSUN 2FSK 100/0.5 | WiSUN 2FSK 150/0.5 | WiSUN 2FSK 200/1 |...
Page 309 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter NADC EDGE PHP (PHS) Ref Filter Raised Cosine EDGE Raised Cosine Raised Cosine Filter Alpha 0.35 Points / Symbol Meas Interval 157 symbols 142 symbols 135 symbols 111 symbols Search Length ~48.4 ms ~5.29 ms ~47.6 ms ~5.73 ms...
Page 310 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter Wi-SUN Wi-SUN Wi-SUN Wi-SUN 2-FSK 200/1 2-FSK 200/0.5 2-FSK 300/0.5 OQPSK Half Sine FSK Deviation Reference (Manual) 100 kHz 50 kHz 75 kHz Parameter Wi-SUN 802.11ay 802.11ay 802.11ay OQPSK CB1 MCS12 CB2 MCS12 CB3 MCS12 Raise Cosine Segment...
Page 311 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Preset To Standard – Video Parameter ATSC 8-VSB ATSC 16-VSB DVB-C 16-QAM DVB-C 32-QAM Segments Segment1 Segment1 Segment1 Segment1 Modulation Format 8-VSB 16-VSB 16-QAM 32-QAM Info BW 7 MHz 7 MHz 8 MHz 8 MHz Symbol Rate 10.762 MHz...
Page 312 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2 QPSK DVB-S2 8PSK DVB-S2 16-APSK Code Rate 2/3 Info BW 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz Symbol Rate 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz Meas Filter...
Page 313 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2 16-APSK DVB-S2 16-APSK DVB-S2 16-APSK Code Rate 3/4 Code Rate 4/5 Code Rate 5/6 APSK R2/R1 2.85 2.75 2.70 APSK R3/R1 5.27 5.27 5.27 Parameter DVB-S2 16-APSK DVB-S2 16-APSK DVB-S2 32-APSK Code Rate 8/9 Code Rate 9/10 Code Rate 3/4...
Page 314 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2 32-APSK DVB-S2 32-APSK DVB-S2 32-APSK Code Rate 4/5 Code Rate 5/6 Code Rate 8/9 Points / Symbol Meas Interval 90 symbols 1000 90 symbols 1000 90 symbols 1000 symbols symbols symbols Search Length 3.3552 msec 3.3552 msec...
Page 315 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2X 16-APSK DVB-S2X 16-APSK DVB-S2X 16-APSK Code Rate 20/30 (2/3-L) Code Rate 23/36 Code Rate 25/36 Cosine Cosine Cosine Cosine Cosine Cosine Ref Filter Raised Raised Raised Raised Raised Raised Cosine Cosine Cosine Cosine Cosine...
Page 316 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2X 16-APSK DVB-S2X 16-APSK DVB-S2X 16-APSK Code Rate 96/180 (8/15) Code Rate 100/180 (5/9) Code Rate 140/180 (7/9) Cosine Cosine Cosine Cosine Cosine Cosine Ref Filter Raised Raised Raised Raised Raised Raised Cosine Cosine Cosine...
Page 317 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2X 16-APSK DVB-S2X 16-APSK DVB-S2X 16-APSK Code Rate 8/15 Code Rate 26/45 Code Rate 32/45 Short FEC Short FEC Short FEC Symbol Rate 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz Meas Filter Root Raised...
Page 318 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2X 32-APSK DVB-S2X 32-APSK DVB-S2X 32-APSK Code Rate 2/3 Code Rate 2/3 Code Rate 32/45 Short FEC Short FEC Format (Custom IQ) (Custom IQ) (Custom IQ) (Custom IQ) (Custom IQ) (Custom IQ) Info BW 25 MHz 25 MHz...
Page 319 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2X 64-APSK DVB-S2X 64-APSK DVB-S2X 64-APSK Code Rate 7/9 Code Rate 128/180 (32/45) Code Rate 132/180 (11/15) Info BW 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz Symbol Rate 10 MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz...
Page 320 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter DVB-S2X 256-APSK DVB-S2X 256-APSK DVB-S2X 256-APSK Code Rate 124/180 (31/45) Code Rate 128/180 (32/45) Code Rate 135/180 (3/4) Info BW 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz 25 MHz Symbol Rate 10 MHz 10 MHz...
Page 321 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter APCO-25 APCO-25 APCO-25 APCO-25 C4FM/CQPSK Combined HCPM HDQPSK CQPSK EVM Ref Filter Raised Cosine Rectangular Raised Cosine Filter Alpha 0.75 Points / Symbol Meas Interval 200 symbols 168 symbols 180 symbols 200 symbols Search Length ~63.3 ms ~63.3 ms...
Page 322 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter SOQPSK-TG SOQPSK-A SOQPSK-B Modulation Format Shaped Offset QPSK Shaped Offset QPSK Shaped Offset QPSK Info BW 12.8 MHz 12.8 MHz 12.8 MHz Symbol Rate 5 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz Meas Filter None None None...
Page 323 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DDEM:SYNC:SLEN:AUTO? Couplings Manual: Changing Meas Interval, Meas Offset or Symbol Rate will changes Search Length if Search Length is less than (1.2 * (Meas Interval + Meas Offset) / Symbol Rate), no matter what status of the Burst Search or Sync Search is Changing Search Length checks with current allowable minimum value (1.2 * (Meas Interval + Meas Offset)/ Symbol Rate), if the input value is less than it, the value is clipped to the minimum value, and a...
Page 324 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:SRATe <frequency> Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:SRATe? :DDEM:SEGM1:SRAT 1 MHz Example :DDEM:SEGM1:SRAT? Couplings Changes when Info BW is smaller than Symbol Rate/10 Preset 1.0 MHz State Saved 1.0Hz Max Info BW (hardware dependent) [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SRATe Backwards Compatibility SCPI Burst Search Turns burst search on or off.
Page 325 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SLENgth:AUTO OFF | ON | 0 | 1 [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SYNC:SLENgth:AUTO? :DDEM:SYNC:SLEN 3.0 ms Example Set the search length to 3 ms :DDEM:SYNC:SLEN? :DDEM:SYNC:SLEN:AUTO OFF :DDEM:SYNC:SLEN:AUTO? Couplings Manual: Changing Meas Interval, Meas Offset or Symbol Rate will changes Search Length if Search Length is less than (1.2 * (Meas Interval + Meas Offset) / Symbol Rate), no matter what status of the Burst Search or Sync Search is Changing Search Length checks with current allowable minimum value (1.2 * (Meas Interval + Meas...
Page 326 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SWEep:POINts Backwards Compatibility SCPI Segment Config Diagram (Segment Number >1) Accesses a menu that enables you to set up segments in frame. Seg Name Modify the name of each segment. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:NAME <string> Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:NAME? :DDEM:SEG1:NAME 'SYNC'...
Page 327 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement MSK1 | MSK2 | APSK16 | APSK32 | ASK2 | VSB8 | VSB16 | CPMFM | EDGE | DVBQAM16 | DVBQAM32 | DVBQAM64 | DVBQAM128 | DVBQAM256 | DBPSK | CUSTOMIQ [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:MODulation? :DDEM:SEGM1:MOD QPSK Example :DDEM:SEGM1:MOD? QPSK...
Page 328 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 1.0Hz Max Info BW (hardware dependent) [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SRATe Backwards Compatibility SCPI Meas Offset Specifies the time (in symbols) between the start of segment data and its reference. For segment1, the reference is always the start of the capture data, meas offset is always 0.
Page 329 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Meas Offset Reference Selects the reference position of segment2 from the following two selections: – Relative To Capture (Default Setting) - Enables you to specify the segment2 offset from the start of the acquisition data –...
Page 330 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Equalization is applied to time-domain data. For best results, make sure you select a frequency span that contains all the energy of your signal. If significant energy from your signal falls outside of the displayed frequency span, equalization will not work on your signal.
Page 331 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DDEM:SYNC:SWOR? Preset State Saved Annotation SYNC NOT FOUND appears in the corner of demod result traces if sync search fails EQ Source Specify which segment’s EQ coefficient will be applied to current segment. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:EQUalization:SOURce SEGMent1 | …...
Page 332 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DDEM:SYNC:BURS:THR -10 Example Set the burst search relative power to -10 dB :DDEM:SYNC:BURS:THR? Preset -15.00 dB State Saved -200.0 200.0 Sync Search Turns the Sync Word search on or off. Sync Search enables you to use a synchronization pattern to isolate a segment of your signal for display and analysis.
Page 333 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DDEM:SYNC:SWOR:OFFS? Couplings Max and min constrained by Search Length, Sync Pattern length Preset State Saved -32768 32767 Sync Pattern Enables you to define a bit pattern for the sync word search. The maximum length of the pattern is 32 symbols.
Page 334 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Meas Interval Sets the number of symbols that the demodulation will analyze. This and the symbol rate set the overall time record length (in seconds) that is used by the demodulator. It also indirectly sets the resolution bandwidth for the various spectrum results. (ResBW cannot be set independently.) The resolution bandwidth is annotated below any spectrum trace.
Page 335 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Relative To Capture (Default Setting) - Enables you to specify the segment2 offset from the start of the acquisition data – Relative To Sync Pattern - Enables you to specify the segment2 offset from the start position of the sync pattern [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:TIME:OFFSet:REFerence RCAPture | RSYNc Remote Command...
Page 336 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement | QAM256 | QAM512 | QAM1024 | FSK2 | FSK4 | FSK8 | FSK16 | FSK32 | FSK64 | MSK1 | MSK2 | APSK16 | APSK32 | ASK2 | VSB8 | VSB16 | CPMFM | EDGE | DVBQAM16 | DVBQAM32 | DVBQAM64 | DVBQAM128 | DVBQAM256 | DBPSK | CUSTOMIQ [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:MODulation? :DDEM:SEGM1:MOD QPSK...
Page 337 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement State Saved 1.0Hz Max Info BW (hardware dependent) [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SRATe Backwards Compatibility SCPI Points / Symbol Enables you to set how many points are displayed per symbol in time displays of demodulated data. The available values are 1, 2, 4, 5, 10 and 20. Minimum (except OQPSK): 1 point per symbol Minimum (OQPSK):...
Page 338 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement "More Information" on page 338 [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FILTer:MEASurement NONE | RRCosine | GAUSsian | Remote EDGE | RECTangle | LPASs | USER Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FILTer:MEASurement? :DDEM:SEGM1:FILT:MEAS GAUS Example :DDEM:SEGM1:FILT:MEAS? Notes Meas filter types that are not available for a particular selection of modulation format are grayed-out as below: EDGE is only available for EDGE format, grayed-out for other formats...
Page 339 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Note that for FSK signals, filtering is baseband and occurs after the FM demodulator. The measured signal is the signal that results after demodulating your waveform. The reference signal is the signal that would result after demodulating your signal if your signal were ideal (contained no errors).
Page 340 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Ref Filter Selects the Ref Filter that represents the cascaded transmit and receive filter. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FILTer:REFerence RCOSine | RRCosine | GAUSsian Remote | EDGE | RECTangle | HSINe | USER | F1REC | F3RC | F4RC | SOQPSKTG | SOQPSKA Command | SOQPSKB | APCOP2RC [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FILTer:REFerence?
Page 341 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement [:SENSe]:DDEMod:FILTer:ALPHa Backwards Compatibility SCPI Determines the filter characteristics of the Gaussian filters used by the instrument's digital demodulator. These characteristics apply to both the Ref filters. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FILTer:BT <real> Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FILTer:BT? :DDEM:SEGM1:FILT:BT 0.5 Example :DDEM:SEGM1:FILT:BT? Dependencies...
Page 342 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement If Adaptive is set to run, the instrument uses the results of the current measurement to update the filter coefficients for the next measurement. The instrument chooses coefficients that produce a modulation quality metric that is less impacted by the presence of linear distortion.
Page 343 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement In general, the best filter length is the smallest that meets your measurement requirements. For measurements at the transmitter, the filter length may only need to be a few symbols in length. Longer filter lengths may be needed to measure multi-path environments.
Page 344 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DDEM:SEGM1:EQU:CONV 0.5 Example :DDEM:SEGM1:EQU:CONV? Preset State Saved 0.000001 10000000 [:SENSe]:DDEMod:EQUalization:CONVergence Backwards Compatibility SCPI Equalizer Hold Turns the filter coefficient updates on or off. Normally the adaptation algorithm updates the filter coefficients after each scan. When Hold is on, the coefficients of the equalization filter are frozen;...
Page 345 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement FFT Window Enables you to choose the Window function that is applied to the time data prior to the FFT calculation used for Spectrum, Error Vector Spectrum, IQ Meas Spectrum, and IQ Ref Spectrum results. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FFT:WINDow:TYPE UNIForm | HANNing | GAUSsian | Remote FLATtop...
Page 346 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Gain Imb/Quad Skew Coupling Controls what measurement data is included in the Quadrature Skew Error and IQ Gain Imbalance error data calculations. – Off: Calculations use one Point per Symbol – On: Calculations use the value shown in the Points per Symbol parameter box :CALCulate:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:PPSYmbol:COUPle OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command...
Page 347 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement State Saved -0.5 [:SENSe]:DDEMod:CADJust Backwards Compatibility SCPI IQ Rotation Rotates the IQ Meas/Ref Time data and corresponding ideal state positions by a user defined amount ranging from -360 degrees to 360 degrees. The Rotation parameter affects the IQ Gain Imbalance and Quadrature Skew error data results.
Page 348 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Magnitude error – FSK measured time and FSK measured spectrum (FSK measurements) – FSK reference time and FSK reference spectrum (FSK measurements) – FSK error time and FSK error spectrum (FSK measurements) –...
Page 349 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement EVM Normalization Reference also affects the normalization value used for traces wheormalize is turned on. Note that the normalization value used for traces differs from the normalization value used for error summary metrics when EVM Normalization Reference is set to Reference RMS.
Page 350 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:COMP:IQOF ON Example :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:COMP:IQOF? Dependencies Only available for IQ modulation format except FSK, ASK, CPM (FM) and DVB QAMs Turned on automatically if the modulation format is changed to the formats except MSK Type1. For MSK Type1 format, turned off automatically Preset State Saved...
Page 351 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state On|Off Range 1 kHz Max Info BW (hardware dependent) [:SENSe]:DDEMod:MCFilter:BANDwidth Backwards Compatibility SCPI [:SENSe]:DDEMod:MCFilter[:STATe] Allows you to configure advanced parameters for FSK modulation format. Tx Frequency Offset Enables you to set the transmitter frequency offset.
Page 352 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Manual: This selection enables the user to manually set the deviation reference – Automatic: This selection uses an average measured frequency deviation Available only when the demodulation format is 2-FSK. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FSK:DEViation:REFerence <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FSK:DEViation:REFerence?
Page 353 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:APSK:R2Ratio <real> Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:APSK:R2Ratio? :DDEM:SEGM1:APSK:R2R 3.0 Example :DDEM:SEGM1:APSK:R2R? Notes Affects the position of the ideal state indicators on constellation diagrams Couplings If the modulation format is not APSK formats, this control is grayed-out Preset 2.84 State Saved...
Page 354 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Allows you to configure advanced parameters for CPM modulation format. CPM Auto Turns modulation indices auto-detected on or off. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:CPMindex:AUTO OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:CPMindex:AUTO? :DDEM:SEGM1:CPM:AUTO OFF Example :DDEM:SEGM1:CPM:AUTO? Couplings If the modulation format is not CPM, this control is grayed-out...
Page 355 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Allows you to configure advanced parameters for MSK modulation format. Differential Decoder Anchor State Specific anchor bit for MSK Type 1 differential decoder. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:MSK:DDECode:ANCHor 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:MSK:DDECode:ANCHor? :DDEM:SEGM1:MSK:DDEC:ANCH 1 Example :DDEM:SEGM1:MSK:DDEC:ANCH? Couplings If the modulation format is not MSK Type1, this control is grayed-out...
Page 356 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Sync Persistence Target Allows you to tune the algorithm for higher frequency lock range (0.0) or higher constellation lock consistency (1.0). Values closer to 0.0 optimize towards higher frequency lock range while values closer to 1 optimize towards higher constellation lock consistency.
Page 357 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:CIQ:PHASe:ROTation:SODD? :DDEM:SEGM1:CIQ:PHAS:ROT:SODD ON Example :DDEM:SEGM1:CIQ:PHAS:ROT:SODD? Preset State Saved Differential Enables or disables the differential encoding for the segment. This should only be enabled for the BPSK, QPSK and 8PSK constellations. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:CIQ:DIFFerential:STATe OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:CIQ:DIFFerential:STATe?
Page 358 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DDEM:SEGM1:CIQ:PIL? Preset State Saved Pilot Repeat Cycle Specifies pilot pattern repeat cycle in data segment. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:CIQ:PILot:CYCLe <int> Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:CIQ:PILot:CYCLe? :DDEM:SEGM1:CIQ:PIL:CYCL 100 Example :DDEM:SEGM1:CIQ:PIL:CYCL? Couplings "Modulation Format" on page 335 is not Custom IQ, or "Insert Pilot"...
Page 359 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DDEM:SEGM1:CIQ:PIL:PATT '100:200' Example :DDEM:SEGM1:CIQ:PIL:PATT? Couplings If Modulation Format is not Custom IQ, or Insert Pilot is not On, this control is grayed-out Preset "1440:1475" State Saved Pilot Modulation Specifies modulation type for pilot symbols in data segment. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:CIQ:PILot:MODulation AUTO | BPSK | QPSK Remote Command...
Page 360 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Go to Row Enables you to move through the table to edit the desired point. 2000 Insert Row Below Inserts a row below the current row. The new row is a copy of the current row and becomes the current row.
Page 361 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Normalize RMS Scales the magnitude of the constellation states to have a unitless RMS of 1. This assumes all constellation states have equal probability. Validate Checks the current constellation definition for validity and enables the OK button. It will also calculate Mag RMS and Symmetry based on current constellation.
Page 362 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement <real>, … Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:FILTer:COEFficient:REFerence[:DATA]? :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:FILT:COEF:REF -0.1124, -0.1545, -0.2458, -0.325 Example :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:FILT:COEF:REF? Preset Unaffected by Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state :CALCulate:FILTer:COEFficient:REFerence[:DATA] Backwards Compatibility SCPI 3.1.9.7 Advanced Enables you to configure advanced parameters. IF Gain To take full advantage of the RF dynamic range of the instrument, a switched IF amplifier with approximately 10 dB of gain is available.
Page 363 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement IF Gain Select Selects the range of IF gain: – High gain - Set 10 dB IF gain for better noise level measurements – Low gain - Set 0 dB IF gain for large signals –...
Page 364 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Auto: move the spur completely out of analysis bandwidth. The tradeoff is that the available analysis bandwidth will be reduced to 400 MHz and EVM could be worse as the edge of the passband is used for analysis –...
Page 365 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Turned Off and grayed-out when the IF Path is set to a path other than 1 GHz. If you press the grayed- out control, a warning message “LO Dither only available with IF Path 1 GHz” is shown. If you try to set LO Dither to remotely while it is grayed-out, a message “-221,Settings conflict;...
Page 366 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Parameter Values Summary Option Description – In instruments with EP0, balances close-in phase noise with spur "Balanced" on page 367 avoidance – In instruments without EP0 optimizes phase noise for small frequency offsets from the carrier "Best Wide- Optimizes phase noise for wide frequency offsets from the carrier offset"...
Page 367 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement that occur with some center frequencies. Because this is generally less desirable for close-in measurements than the "Balanced" on page 367 setting, parameter 1 selects "Balanced" on page 367 in EP0 instruments, in the interests of optimizing code compatibility across the family.
Page 368 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Fast Tuning :FREQ:SYNT 3 In this mode, the LO behavior compromises phase noise at many offsets from the carrier in order to allow rapid measurement throughput when changing the center frequency or span. The term "Fast Tuning"...
Page 369 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Models with Option Conditions Selection Span > 44.44 MHz, or "Fast Tuning" on page 368 Models with option EP1 have a two- RBW > 1.9 MHz, or loop local oscillator, which switches to Source Mode is set to “Tracking”...
Page 370 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement In all the above cases: – The RBW to be used in the calculations is the equivalent –3 dB bandwidth of the current RBW filter – The rules apply whether in swept spans, zero span, or FFT spans Ranges Option Option #...
Page 371 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement available with signal input RF” is returned NORMal Preset State Saved Range Normal | Alternate Spectrum Stitching When Spectrum Stitching is turned on, multiple acquisitions overlapped in frequency domain will be performed and then combined to get wide band IQ data. This enables the instrument to capture and analysis wider signal, it may slow down the measurement speed and it requires the signal to occupy the major part of the analysis bandwidth.
Page 372 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Multi Channel Config This menu is only available for the Modulation Analysis measurement. It enables you to configure multiple channel receiver. Different hardware platforms have different parameters. Input Channel IP address Sets instrument IP address for channel configuration, “local” is used for current instrument.
Page 373 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement State Saved [:SENSe]:DDEMod:MIMO:IPADdress1|2:LOCKed Backwards Compatibility SCPI Channel Configuration Information (Remote Query only) Reads back channel configuration information. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:MCHannel:CHANnel:INFO? Remote Command :DDEM:MCH:CHAN:INFO? Example [:SENSe]:DDEMod:MIMO:CHANnel:INFO Backwards Compatibility SCPI 3.1.9.8 BER Enables you to set Tx BER parameters. Turns Tx BER on or off.
Page 374 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Total Bit Num Determines the maximum total bit number that is used for Tx BER calculation. Once this number is achieved, the BER measurement stops accumulation. [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:BER:COUNt:BITS <real> Remote Command [:SENSe]:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:BER:COUNt:BITS? :DDEM:SEGM1:BER:COUN:BITS 1.0E8 Example :DDEM:SEGM1:BER:COUN:BITS? Preset...
Page 375 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – If the trace is outside the bounds of some applicable limits, the text “Trace Fail” will be displayed in red – If the window has no enabled limits, or the trace itself is not displayed, no message is displayed for that trace :CALCulate:DDEMod:LLINe[1]|2|3|4|5|6:FAIL? returns the trace limit testing...
Page 376 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement RMS EVM Sets the limit for the RMS EVM or FSK Error measurement pass/fail test. :CALCulate:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:LIMit:EVM:RMS <real> Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:LIMit:EVM:RMS? :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:LIM:EVM:RMS 10.0 Example Set the RMS EVM limit of segment1 to 10 % :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:LIM:EVM:RMS? query the RMS EVM limit of segment1 Notes...
Page 377 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Clock Error Sets the limit for the symbol clock error measurement pass/fail test. :CALCulate:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:LIMit:CERRor[:HERTz] <real> Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:LIMit:CERRor[:HERTz]? :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:LIM:CERR 40.0 Example Set the clock error limit of segment1 to 40.0 Hz :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:LIM:CERR? Query the clock error limit of segment1 Preset 100.0 State Saved...
Page 378 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Deviation Accuracy Sets the limit for the Deviation Accuracy result pass/fail test. :CALCulate:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:LIMit:DEViation:OFFSet <real> Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:SEGMent1|…|6:LIMit:DEViation:OFFSet? :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:LIM:DEV:OFFS 10.0 Example Set the deviation accuracy limit of segment1 to 10 % :CALC:DDEM:SEGM1:LIM:DEV:OFFS? Query the deviation accuracy limit of segment1 Couplings Available only when the modulation format is FSK formats or CPM (FM) If FSK Deviation Reference is Auto, this control is grayed-out.
Page 379 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :CALCulate:DDEMod:LLINe[1]|2|…|6:DISPlay? :CALC:DDEM:LLIN:DISP ON Example :CALC:DDEM:LLIN:DISP? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Edit Trace Limit Enables you to edit the content and the properties of the trace Limit Line. Limits are turned off by a Preset, but the Limits arrays (data) are only reset (deleted) by Restore Mode Defaults.
Page 380 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement X Axis Unit Selects how the limit-line x segments are defined. Pressing X Axis Unit selects which unit of the selected limit line’s x axis will be. Changing X Axis Unit changes the below control’s unit accordingly but doesn’t change their values.
Page 381 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement X Offset Offsets the limit trace by some specified frequency (for frequency-based limit lines) or a time (for time-based limit lines). :CALCulate:DDEMod:LLINe[1]|2|…|6:OFFSet:X <real> Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:LLINe[1]|2|…|6:OFFSet:X? :CALC:DDEM:LLIN:OFFS:X -50.0 Example Sets the X axis offset to -50 MHz if the limit’s X Axis Unit is Hz :CALC:DDEM:LLIN:OFFS:UPD will apply the X axis offset to all points in the limit line, then reset the X axis offset to zero Couplings...
Page 382 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :CALCulate:DDEMod:LLINe[1]|2|…|6:OFFSet:UPDate Remote Command :CALC:DDEM:LLIN:OFFS:UPD Example State Saved No state Delete Row This is an immediate action control. It immediately deletes the currently-selected row regardless of the row is being edited or not. The row following the currently- selected row (or the row preceding if there is none) will be selected.
Page 383 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement X Reference Chooses whether the limit line x points are fixed, or relative to center frequency when x axis unit is Hz, or relative to trigger when x axis unit is time unit and trigger source is not free run, or relative to sync pattern when x axis unit is time unit and sync search is on.
Page 384 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement copies the data from line 1 into line 2 Copy Copies a Limit from the Limit specified in Copy From Limit. Description Provides a description of up to 60 characters by which the operator can easily identify the limit.
Page 385 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement limit lines will be displayed, and will affect the pass/fail status, but the trace will not turn red if it crosses a secondary limit line. :CALCulate:DDEMod:LLINe[1]|2|…|6:WINDow <int> Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:LLINe[1]|2|…|6:WINDow? :CALC:DDEMod:LLIN:WIND 1 Example Selects the 1 window as the target window that the limit line 1 will be displayed Preset...
Page 386 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Type Selects whether the limit you are editing is an upper or lower limit. An upper limit fails if the trace exceeds the limit. A lower limit fails if the trace falls below the limit. :CALCulate:DDEMod:LLINe[1]|2|…|6:TYPE UPPer | LOWer Remote Command...
Page 387 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Command :CALC:DDEM:LLIN:FAIL? Example Returns a zero if limit line 1’s associated trace has no failure, 1 if there is a limit failure Limit Line X List Data (Remote Command Only) Defines a list of x values for a given limit line. Up to 2000 points may be defined for each limit using the following parameters.
Page 388 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Limit Line Y List Data (Remote Command Only) Defines a list of y values for a given limit line. Changing the number of elements in the list, the limit line will be automatically turned off. Up to 200 points may be defined for each limit using the following parameters.
Page 389 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Trace Fail (Remote Query Only) Tests the trace in the window against all associated limit lines when Limit Test is On. Returns a 0 if the trace is within all limits and margins, a 1 if the trace exceed either the limit or the margin.
Page 390 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement This function resets to when "Restore Defaults" on page 1829 is pressed, or when System, Restore Defaults, All Modes is pressed. :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer ALL | NONE Remote Command :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer? :INST:COUP:FREQ:CENT ALL Example :INST:COUP:FREQ:CENT? Preset Set to on Global Settings, Restore Defaults and System, Restore Defaults, All Modes ALL|NONE...
Page 391 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement "More Information" on page 391 :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command :INITiate:CONTinuous? Example Put instrument into Single measurement operation: :INIT:CONT 0 :INIT:CONT OFF Put instrument into Continuous measurement operation: :INIT:CONT 1 :INIT:CONT ON Preset...
Page 392 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement If the instrument is in Single measurement mode, pressing the Cont/Single toggle control does not zero the count and does not cause the sweep to be reset; the only action is to put the instrument into Continuous measurement operation. If the instrument is already in Continuous sweep: –...
Page 393 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :INITiate[:IMMediate] Remote Command :INITiate:RESTart :INIT:IMM Example :INIT:REST Notes :INIT:REST :INIT:IMM perform exactly the same function Couplings Resets average/hold count k. For the first sweep overwrites all active (update = on) traces with new current data.
Page 394 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement If there is no Average or Max/Min Hold function (no trace in Trace Average or Hold, or Average/Hold Num set to 1), and no Waterfall window is being displayed, a single sweep is equivalent to a single measurement. A single sweep is taken after the trigger condition is met;...
Page 395 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Averaging The weighting factor used for averaging is k. This is also the average/hold count for how many valid sweeps (data acquisitions) have been done. This is used for comparisons with N, as those comparisons always needs to be based on valid completed sweeps.
Page 396 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Notes :INIT:CONT is ON, then a new continuous measurement will start immediately, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met :INIT:CONT is OFF, then :INIT:IMM is used to start a single measurement, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met :ABORt Dependencies...
Page 397 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :DISPlay:DDEMod:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:X[:SCALe]:RLEVel? :DISP:DDEM:WIND3:X:RLEV 10 Example Set the X ref value of the third window to 10 :DISP:DDEM:WIND3:X:RLEV? Query the X ref value of the third window Couplings If Auto Scaling is On, the X Reference Value is determined by the trace data Preset Depends on trace data State Saved...
Page 398 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Preset State Saved Range On | Off Symbol Interval Controls how many symbols are used to display in eye diagram window. :DISPlay:DDEMod:EYE:TRACe:INTerval <real> Remote Command :DISPlay:DDEMod:EYE:TRACe:INTerval? :DISP:DDEM:EYE:TRAC:INT 300 Example :DISP:DDEM:EYE:TRAC:INT? Preset 1000 State Saved 10000000 Time Unit Enables you to select the time units that are applied to x-axis annotations and...
Page 399 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Save, Recording (under the Save hardkey or the Save icon in the File panel) – Recall, Recording (under the Recall hardkey or the Recall icon in the File panel) – Sweep, Recording (this tab) –...
Page 400 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Recording and playback of signal data files is a multi-step process that involves controls in several menus: – Save, Recording (under the Save hardkey or the Save icon in the File panel) – Recall, Recording (under the Recall hardkey or the Recall icon in the File panel) –...
Page 401 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement – Iterative: Measurement will analyze the IQ data chunk by chunk between Playback Start and Playback Stop, if the last chunk is not complete it will be ignored and start from the first chunk again :CALCulate:<meas>:PLAY:MODE FIXed | ITERative Remote Command...
Page 402 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement The F indicates that the instrument is using data from a file (if you wish to return to looking at data at the analyzer input, change the Data Source control in the Input/Output, Data Source menu from File back to Input.) To examine the data you loaded: Continuous mode In this mode, turn the knob or use the Up/Down keys on the front panel to move...
Page 403 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement Step Forward Move to next chunk of IQ data when "Playback Mode" on page 557 is iterative. :CALCulate:<meas>:PLAY:STEP:FORWard Remote Command Where <meas> is the mnemonic for the current measurement, for example, Example For EVM measurement in 5G NR Mode: :CALC:EVM:PLAY:STEP:FORW State Saved Saved in instrument state...
Page 404 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement 3.1.11.1 Trace Align Accesses controls that enable you to configure the trace alignment. Reference Displays a menu for selecting the reference type that is used to generate the Search Time trace from the Raw Main Time trace. The selection includes: –...
Page 405 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement the acquisition data range, the trace will stop updating, and a trace indicator “DATA?” (which means “Data is questionable relative to current setup.”) will be displayed at the top right of the graph The query returns a name that corresponds to the reference type as follows: String Returned Definition...
Page 406 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :CALCulate:DDEMod:TRACe:SEARch:TIME:OFFSet <time> Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:TRACe:SEARch:TIME:OFFSet? :CALC:DDEM:TRAC:SEAR:TIME:OFFS 10 us Example :CALC:DDEM:TRAC:SEAR:TIME:OFFS? Notes The align Reference, Offset and Interval determine the trace alignment region, and if the region is out of the acquisition data range, the trace will stop updating, and a trace indicator “DATA?” (which means “Data is questionable relative to current setup.”) will be displayed at the top right of the graph Preset State Saved...
Page 407 3 VMA Mode 3.1 Digital Demod Measurement :CALCulate:DDEMod:TRACe:SEARch:TIME:LENGth <time> Remote Command :CALCulate:DDEMod:TRACe:SEARch:TIME:LENGth? :CALC:DDEM:TRAC:SEAR:TIME:LENG 1.0 ms Example :CALC:DDEM:TRAC:SEAR:TIME:LENG? Notes The align Reference, Offset and Interval determine the trace alignment region, and if the region is out of the acquisition data range, the trace will stop updating, and a trace indicator “DATA?” (which means “Data is questionable relative to current setup.”) will be displayed at the top right of the graph Preset 1 ms...
Page 408 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Custom OFDM modulation analysis is used to analyze a user-defined custom OFDM signal. Measurement Commands The following measurement commands and queries are used to configure the measurement: :INITiate:OFDM Initiates a trigger cycle for the OFDM measurement, but does not return any data.
Page 409 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Sub-field Variable Definition Most Significant 2 Digits Component Carrier Index, the current valid range is 00-07: Least Significant 2 Digits Result Index for each CC, the current valid range is 01-03 The information returned is for the specified CC: Error Summary (SISO) Burst Info Error Summary (MIMO)
Page 410 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Result Unit, if any CC Tx Power All Measured CC Tx Power SNR (MER) ccEVM Valid Points Total Points Improvement Factor If “Report EVM in dB” is set to true, the EVM result is in “dB” Returns the Burst Info results for Component Carrier CC when it is active Result Value Range...
Page 411 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Result Value Range Unit, if any 128QAM 256QAM 512QAM 1024 1024QAM 2048 2048QAM 4096 4096QAM RU number Note: Items 2- 7 repeat for each row of Burst Info table If “Report EVM in dB” is set to true, the EVM result is in “dB” Returns the MIMO Error Summary results for Component Carrier CC when it is active All the return values are floating-point If no result is available, NaN (9.91E+37) is returned...
Page 412 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement 3.2.1 Views The Custom OFDM measurement has four pre-defined views – Normal view, Channel Response view, Demod Error view and Result Summary view. Some of these are multiple-window Views. When in a multiple window View, you select a window by touching it. The menu controls may sometimes change depending on which window is selected.
Page 413 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Result Summary Windows: "Demod Results" on page 418, "Burst Info" on page 418 Single window view consists of the above window. :DISP:OFDM:VIEW NRES Example 3.2.2 Windows There are 6 window types available. Each window has three properties. The Data and Format properties allow you to select the trace data and trace display format.
Page 414 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement State Saved Range Raw Main Time | Spectrum | IQ Meas | IQ Ref | Error Vector 3D | Error Vector Time | Error Vector Spectrum | RMS Error Vector Time | RMS Error Vector Spectrum | Common pilot error | CH Freq Response | EQ Impulse Response | Demod Results | Burst Info | ccEVM vs Symbol | No Data Trace Data Results Trace Data...
Page 415 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Raw Main Time The envelope of the captured raw data. This data is unprocessed and includes additional points acquired for settling of the filters involved in subsequent processing, such as the demodulation filtering. :DISP:OFDM:WIND2:DATA RMT Example Sets the second window data to Raw Main Time...
Page 416 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Demod Error Displays the general demodulation error results. Error Vector Time Shows the time domain error vector trace data results. The trace contains the computed error vectors between IQ Meas Time and IQ Ref Time at each point in time.
Page 417 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Common Pilot Error Shows the time domain error vector trace data results. The trace contains the computed error vectors between IQ Meas Time and IQ Ref Time at each point in time. The values of the error vectors are usually plotted as a magnitude. :DISP:OFDM:WIND2:DATA CPER Example Sets the second window data to Common Pilot Error...
Page 418 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Tables Displays the trace data choices that are in tabular form, including Demod Results, Demod Bits. Demod Results Shows the measurement numeric results. The available tabular data changes depending on the modulation format chosen. :DISP:OFDM:WIND4:DATA DRES Example Sets the fourth window data to Demod Results...
Page 419 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Log Mag, Real and Imaginary are available for ccEVM vs Symbole trace Preset Depends on trace State Saved Range Log Mag (dB) |Phase | Group Delay | Real | Imaginary 3.2.2.3 Component Carrier Provides a menu of component carrier choices for the selected window.
Page 420 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Auto Scale at Restart Enable and disable automatic Y Auto Scale with measurement restart: – ON – Does automatic Y Auto Scale when measurement is restarted, to let you see the complete trace –...
Page 421 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Scale/Div Controls the Y scale per division of the selected trace. :DISPlay:OFDM:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision <real> Remote Command :DISPlay:OFDM:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision? :DISP:OFDM:WIND3:Y:PDIV 10 Example Set the Y scale/div of the third window to 10 :DISP:OFDM:WIND3:Y:PDIV? Query the Y scale/div of the third window Preset Depends on trace data State Saved...
Page 422 Meas Preset. Only available when the hardware set includes an input attenuator, which is typically only the case for Keysight’s benchtop instruments. For example, this tab does not appear in VXT models M9420A/10A/11A/15A/16A, M9410E/11E/15E/16E, nor in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
Page 423 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Single-Attenuator Configuration You can tell which attenuator configuration you have by pressing the Attenuation tab, which (in most Modes) opens the Attenuation menu. If the first control in the Attenuation menu says Mech Atten you have the Dual-Attenuator configuration. If the first control says Atten you have the Single-Attenuator configuration.
Page 424 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :POW:FRAT? Notes When you enter an amplitude value that falls between valid values, the value will be incremented to the next smallest valid value Dependencies Only appears if input RF is selected, RF Input Port 2 is selected, and the Full Range Attenuator exists Couplings This value is never changed by any coupling, but other couplings use this value.
Page 425 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation <rel_ampl> Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation? :POW:ATT 20 Example Dual-Attenuator configuration: sets the mechanical attenuator to 20 dB Single-Attenuator mode: sets the main attenuation to 20 dB (see below for definition of “main” attenuation) In either case, if the attenuator was in Auto, it is set to Manual Dependencies Some measurements do not support Auto setting of Mech Atten.
Page 426 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement CXA Option 503 or 507 50 dB 60 dB All other models 70 dB Note that in the Single-Attenuator configuration, the total of ATT and EATT cannot exceed 50 dB. So, if the EATT is set to 24 dB first, the main attenuation cannot be greater than 26 dB and will be reduced accordingly;...
Page 427 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement the Single-Attenuator configuration, for compatibility purposes). Then current total attenuation is the sum of main + soft attenuation. "Elec Atten" on page 1769 for more about “soft” attenuation. In some measurements, the Mech Atten control has an Auto/Man function. In NOTE these measurements, an Auto/Man switch is shown on the Mech Atten control: Note that in configurations that include an Electronic Attenuator, this switch is...
Page 428 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Dependencies Only appears in Dual-Attenuator models with an Electronic Attenuator installed and licensed. Does not appear in models with the Single-Attenuator configuration, because in the Single-Attenuator configuration there is no “electronic attenuator”; there is only a single integrated attenuator (which EATT has both a mechanical and electronic stage).
Page 429 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Auto Function [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:EATTenuation:STATe OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:EATTenuation:STATe? :POW:EATT:STAT ON Example :POW:EATT:STAT? Preset (Disabled) for Swept SA measurement (Enabled) for all other measurements that support the electronic attenuator The maximum Center Frequency for Low Band can change based on the NOTE selected IFBW for measurements that support IFBW (for example, Waveform...
Page 430 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement knob, and it behaves as it normally would in manual mode – The Auto/Man state of (Mech) Atten is saved – The Auto/Man toggle on the (Mech) Atten control disappears, and the auto rules are disabled –...
Page 431 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement than the even-decibel steps, so one tradeoff for this superior relative accuracy is reduced absolute amplitude accuracy. Another disadvantage of the electronic attenuator is that the spectrum analyzer loses its “Auto” setting, making operation less convenient. Also, the relationship between the dynamic range specifications (TOI, SHI, compression, and noise) and instrument performance are less well-known with the electrical attenuator.
Page 432 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :POW:RANG:OPT:TYPE? Dependencies Does not appear in the Swept SA, RTSA, Monitor Spectrum and Complex Spectrum measurements Appears in the Waveform measurement in BASIC and 5G NR Modes COMBined Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping If this function is ON, it applies the adjustment described under "Adjust Atten for Min...
Page 433 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 432 is grayed-out Does not appear in the Swept SA, RTSA, Monitor Spectrum and Complex Spectrum measurements Appears in the Waveform measurement in BASIC and 5G NR Modes ELEC Preset when Elec Atten is Disabled at preset, otherwise...
Page 434 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 1772 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 432 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 435 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 436 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 432 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
Page 437 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:STEP[:INCRement]? :POW:ATT:STEP 2 Example :POW:ATT:STEP? Notes Has a toggle control on the front panel, but takes a specific value (in dB) when used remotely. The only valid values are 2 and 10 Dependencies Blanked in EXA, CXA and CXA-m if option FSA (2 dB steps) is not present.
Page 438 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Not all measurements support Range Auto/Man. If Auto is not supported in the current measurement, this control is grayed-out, displaying Man, and returned to a SCPI query, but this does not change the Auto/Man setting for Range. When you switch to a measurement that supports Auto, it goes back to Auto if it was previously in Auto mode.
Page 439 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :VOLT:IQ:RANG? Notes The numeric entries are mapped to the smallest gain range whose break point is greater than or equal to the value, or 1 V Peak if the value is greater than 1 V Couplings When "Q Same as I"...
Page 440 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Q Range The internal gain range for the Q channel. Q Range only applies to Input Path Q Only and Ind I/Q. For input I+jQ "I Range" on page 1779 determines both I and Q channel range settings.
Page 441 "Q Range" on page 1781 Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state OFF|ON Range 3.2.3.4 Range (Non-attenuator models) Only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products, such as VXT and M941xE. State Saved Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 442 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to- average ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a significant amount to avoid clipping.
Page 443 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? Notes Because there is no attenuator control available in these models, the control displays only choices. However, for SCPI compatibility with other platforms, all three parameters (ELECtrical, COMBined, and ON) are honored and all are mapped to ELECtrical, so if any of these three parameters is sent, a subsequent query will return ELEC Dependencies...
Page 444 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement via SCPI, but is not changeable. In such applications the control is grayed-out. Attempts to change the value via SCPI are ignored, but no error message is generated Dependencies Does not appear in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Preset VXT Models M9410A/11A 0 dB...
Page 445 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement This tab does appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A/16A and M9410E/11E/15E/16E, because "Software Preselection" on page 1801 is under this tab, and VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A/16A and M9410E/11E/15E/16E implement a version of Software Preselection. Presel Center Adjusts the centering of the preselector filter to optimize the amplitude accuracy at the frequency of the selected marker.
Page 446 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement dependencies subsequent measurement has completed, nor are results returned in response to :READ :MEASure queries Measuring bit remains set (true) while this command is operating, and does not go false until the subsequent sweep/measurement has completed Proper Preselector Operation Certain considerations should be observed to ensure proper operation: 1.
Page 447 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement – Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A/16A – Does not appear in M9410E/11E/15E/16E – Grayed-out if microwave preselector is off – Grayed-out if entirely in Band 0, that is, if Stop Freq is lower than about 3.6 GHz –...
Page 448 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Selection Example Note :POW:GAIN OFF Low Band :POW:GAIN ON Sets the internal preamp to use only the low band. The frequency range of the installed (optional) low-band :POW:GAIN:BAND preamp is displayed in square brackets on the Low Band selection in the dropdown Full Range :POW:GAIN ON...
Page 449 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement When the USB Preamp is connected to USB, the Preamp annotation says “Preamp: USB” if the internal preamp is off or “Preamp: USB, Int” if the internal preamp is on (only for measurements that support the USB preamp) Auto Function [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:GAIN[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1...
Page 450 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement More Information When LNA is installed, the preamp annotation changes to show the state of both LNA and Internal Preamp. Below is an example: Note that when operating entirely in the low band (below about 3.6 GHz), if LNA is on, Internal Preamp is switched off (even if you have its switch set to ON).
Page 451 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement without giving the best possible noise floor. The preamp, if purchased and used, gives better noise floor than does Low Noise Path Enable, but the preamp’s compression threshold and third-order intercept are much poorer than that of Low Noise Path Enable.
Page 452 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement In any of these cases, if the required options are not present and the SCPI command is sent, error - 241, "Hardware missing; Option not installed" is generated Low Noise Path Enable and Full Bypass Enable are grayed-out if the current measurement does not support them Low Noise Path Enable and Full Bypass Enable are not supported in Avionics and MMR Modes (non- modulation measurements).
Page 453 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement This allows the function to automatically switch based on certain Auto Rules as shown below: VMA Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Digital Demod Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in which case choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Presel Bypass...
Page 454 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Modulation Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in Analysis which case choose Full Bypass if conditions warrant(FBP Option is available and “Allow Full Bypass in Auto” is On ), otherwise choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Standard Path IQ Waveform...
Page 455 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Low Noise Path Enable Low Noise Path Enable provides a lower noise floor under some circumstances, particularly when operating in the 21–26.5 GHz region. With the Low Noise Path enabled, the low band/high band switch and microwave preamp are bypassed whenever all the following are true: –...
Page 456 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement range of the preamp path is too little and the noise floor of the standard path is too high, the Low Noise Path can provide the best dynamic range The graph below illustrates the concept. It shows, in red, the performance of an instrument at different attenuation settings, both with the preamp on and off, in a measurement that is affected by both instrument noise and instrument TOI.
Page 457 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement µW Preselector Bypass Toggles the preselector bypass switch for band 1 and higher. When the microwave presel is on, the signal path is preselected. When the microwave preselector is off, the signal path is not preselected. The preselected path is the normal path for the instrument.
Page 458 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement interface. Also, if the preamp is turned on, the Low Noise Path is not used, whether or not the Full Bypass Enable is selected in the user interface. The only time the Low Noise Path is used is when Full Bypass Enable is selected, the sweep is completely in High Band (>...
Page 459 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Preselector and Bandwidth Conflict When the Frequency Extender Preselector is applied and the signal bandwidth is greater than 2.5 [GHz], then a settings alert message will show to warn the user that the signal may be distorted due to the limitation of the Frequency Extender Preselector bandwidth.
Page 460 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON Example :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? Dependencies Only appears if Option FBP is installed, and in the following measurements – 5GNRMode: Modulation Analysis and IQ Waveform – WLAN Mode: IQ Waveform – Channel Quality Mode: Group Delay and Noise Power Ratio Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state...
Page 461 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement used for other inputs and never for frequencies below 50 GHz. This is why the label of this control contains the parenthetical note “(>~50 GHz)”. Note that for N9042B+V3050A, in the Swept SA measurement, Software Preselection works even if the measurement is using an FFT Sweep Type.
Page 462 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement SW Preselection Type Specifies the algorithm used for software preselection. Two hidden sweeps occur in succession. The second sweep is offset in LO frequency by 2 * IF / N. For each point in each trace, the smaller amplitude from the two traces is taken and placed in that point in the selected trace.
Page 463 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement bandwidth up to around 3 GHz. (Default/Preset setting). When making FFT measurements, this algorithm is not used, instead the same algorithm is used as NARRow (below) – NARRow– a software preselection algorithm is used which takes two background acquisitions, then post-processes the result to detect and remove images from wideband signals with occupied bandwidths up to 2 GHz.
Page 464 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Enable High Freq Prefilter for the Swept SA Measurement in Mode: :SAN:PFIL ON Dependencies Only appears in VXT models M9410A/11A with center frequency above 1310 MHz, and M9410E/11E in frequency range 1310MHz~5GHz Preset "Prefilter Presets" on page 464 below State Saved Saved in instrument state...
Page 465 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement 3.2.5 Display Opens the Display menu, which enables you to configure display items for the current Mode, Measurement View or Window. 3.2.5.1 Meas Display Contains controls for setting up the display for the current Measurement, View or Window.
Page 466 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :DISPlay:OFDM:PILot:SUBCarrier OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command :DISPlay:OFDM:PILot:SUBCarrier? :DISP:OFDM:PIL:SUBC 1 Example :DISP:OFDM:PIL:SUBC? Preset State Saved Range OFF|ON Display Preamble Subcarriers Enables/disables display of preamble subcarriers in IQ traces. :DISPlay:OFDM:PREamble:SUBCarrier OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command :DISPlay:OFDM:PREamble:SUBCarrier?
Page 467 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :DISPlay:OFDM:EVM:PERCent? :DISP:OFDM:EVM:PERC ON Example :DISP:OFDM:EVM:PERC? Preset State Saved Range OFF|ON 3.2.5.2 View Contains controls for selecting the current View, and for editing User Views. View "Views" on page 412 User View Lets you choose a View from the saved User Views for the current measurement. This panel only appears if a User View exists for the current measurement.
Page 468 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement If the display is disabled (via :DISP:ENAB OFF) then the error message “-221, Settings conflict; View SCPI cannot be used while Display is disabled” is generated Backwards The legacy node Compatibility :DISPlay:VIEW[:SELect] SCPI is retained for backwards compatibility, but it only supports predefined views Restore Layout to Default Restores the Layout to the default for Basic.
Page 469 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Rename User View You can rename the current View by giving it a new unique name. Only User Views can be renamed, if the current View is a Predefined View, an error occurs. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:REName <alphanumeric>...
Page 470 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:DEL:ALL Example Notes Disabled if there are no User Views View Editor Remote Commands The following remote commands help you manage Views and User Views. Note that the SCPI node for User Views handles both Predefined and User Views. The legacy nodes, :DISPlay:VIEW[:SELect] and :DISPlay:VIEW:NSEL, are retained for...
Page 471 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement 3.2.5.3 Annotation Contains controls for setting up the annotation for the current Mode or Measurement. Graticule Turns the display graticule On or Off for all windows with graticules in all measurements in the current Mode. Also turns the graticule Y-Axis annotation on and off.
Page 472 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Trace Annotation Turns on and off the labels on the traces, showing their detector (or their Math Mode) as described in the Trace section, for all windows in all measurements in the current Mode for which Trace Annotation on/off is supported. If Trace Math is being performed on a trace, then the Trace Math annotation replaces the detector annotation.
Page 473 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :DISP:ANN:MBAR OFF Example Dependencies Grayed out and forced to when System Display Settings, Annotation is Preset This remains through a Preset when System Display Settings, Annotation is set to State Saved Saved in instrument state Display Enable (Remote Command Only) Turns the display on/off, including the display drive circuitry.
Page 474 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Name Command :INSTrument:SCReen:DELete:ALL Delete All But This Screen :INSTrument:SCReen:CREate Add Screen :INSTrument:SCReen:REName Rename Screen :SYSTem:SEQuencer Sequencer On/Off :DISPlay:ENABle OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command :DISPlay:ENABle? :DISP:ENAB OFF Example :DISP:ENAB OFF :DISP:ENAB ON turns Backlight ON, but changing Couplings...
Page 475 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier:REFerence <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier:REFerence? :OFDM:CCAR:REF 2GHz Example :OFDM:CCAR:REF? Preset 1GHz State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max Depends on the instrument minimum/maximum center frequency. Same as Center Frequency 3.2.7 Marker Accesses a menu that enables you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement.
Page 476 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Marker X Sets the X Axis value of the selected marker in the current X Axis Scale unit. If the marker mode is off, the SCPI command has no affect other than to cause the marker to become selected.
Page 477 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :CALC:OFDM:MARK:Z 0.325 Example :CALC:OFDM:MARK:Z? Notes Cannot be set outside the bounds of the data unless it is Fixed. If you attempt to set it to a value outside the bounds it is clipped at the closest limit, and error -222 Data Out of Range is generated If a suffix is sent, it must match the Z units for the trace the marker is on.
Page 478 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Marker Y Imag Enables you to set or read back the selected marker’s quadrature (imaginary) Y value in the current Y Axis Scale unit. It has no affect (other than to cause the marker to become selected) if the marker mode is other than fixed or if the current trace format is not complex (Vector or Constellation).
Page 479 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement The SCPI command in the table below selects the marker and sets the marker control mode as described under Normal, Delta, Fixed and Off, below. All interactions and dependencies detailed under the control description are enforced when the remote command is sent.
Page 480 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Note that Fixed markers do not couple. They stay where they were while all the other markers move. Of course, if a Fixed marker is being moved, all the non-fixed markers do move with it. This may result in markers going off screen.
Page 481 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :CALC:OFDM:MARK2:MAX Example Notes Sending this command selects the subopcoded marker Next Peak Moves the selected marker to the peak that is next lower in amplitude than the current marker’s value. Only peaks that meet all enabled peak criteria are considered.
Page 482 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :CALCulate:OFDM:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:MAXimum:RIGHt Remote Command :CALC:OFDM:MARK2:MAX:RIGH Example Notes Sending this command selects the subopcoded marker State Saved Not part of saved state Next Pk Left Moves the selected marker to the nearest peak left of the current marker that meets all enabled peak criteria.
Page 483 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement The rules for finding the maximum peak are exactly the same as for Peak Search, including the use of the peak criteria rules. However, the minimum trace value is not required to meet any criteria other than being the minimum y-axis value in the trace. If the selected marker is Off, a Delta type marker is turned on and the peak-to-peak search is done.
Page 484 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement is a Delta marker, the reference marker determines how the marker is controlled and how its value is displayed. A marker cannot be relative to itself. :CALCulate:OFDM:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:REFerence <integer> Remote Command :CALCulate:OFDM:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:REFerence? :CALC:OFDM:MARK2:REF 4 Example :CALC:OFDM:MARK2:REF? Notes...
Page 485 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Marker Settings Diagram Lets you configure the Marker system using a visual utility. It is the same as "Marker Settings Diagram" on page 479 on the Settings tab. 3.2.7.5 Marker Function The controls on this tab let you control the Marker Functions of the instrument. Marker Functions perform post-processing operations on marker data.
Page 486 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :CALCulate:OFDM:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:FUNCtion:BAND:SPAN <real> Remote Command :CALCulate:OFDM:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:FUNCtion:BAND:SPAN? :CALC:OFDM:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:SPAN 1.23E+06 Example :CALC:OFDM:MARK2:FUNC:BAND:SPAN? Preset When marker is turned on, 1/20 of current span State Saved 9.9E+37 Interval Span Sets the width of the span for the selected marker. This function defines the span of time.
Page 487 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement State Saved -9.9E+37 9.9E+37 Interval Left Lets you adjust the left side of the band. In order to remain centered in the band, the marker position must also change as you change the left edge. The right edge is unaffected.
Page 488 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Interval Right Lets you adjust the right side of the band. In order to remain centered in the band, the marker position must also change as you change the right edge. The left edge is unaffected.
Page 489 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :CALCulate:OFDM:MARKer[1]|2|…|12[:SET]:CENTer Remote Command :CALC:OFDM:MARK4:CENT Example Notes Sending this command selects the subopcoded marker If specified marker is Off, this command turns it on at the center of the screen as a Normal type marker Dependencies Not available (grayed-out) when x-axis is the time domain Couplings...
Page 490 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:AVERage[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:AVERage[:STATe]? :OFDM:AVER OFF Example :OFDM:AVER? Preset State Saved Range Off|On Average Mode Toggles the averaging mode between Exp (exponential) and Repeat. This selection only affects the averaging result after the number of N averages is reached.
Page 491 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Preset State Saved Range CC0|CC1|CC2|CC3|CC4|CC5|CC6|CC7|ALL Spur Avoidance Because VXT models M9410A/11A are direct-conversion (zero-IF) receivers, feedthrough leakage from the local oscillator appears as a spurious signal (spur) at the center frequency. The Spur Avoidance function is provided to eliminate this spur, at the expense of some measurement speed.
Page 492 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Option Frequency Range MaxBW Option B3X 380 MHz ~ 550 MHz 100 MHz 550 MHz ~ 1310 MHz 200 MHz 1310 MHz ~ 5930 MHz 300 MHz 5930 MHz ~ 6000 MHz (6080 MHz- center frequency) * 2 Option B6X 380 MHz ~ 550 MHz 100 MHz...
Page 493 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement The Iterative method is slower than the Normal method, but always results in better EVM. NOTE "Optimize EVM" on page 492 is an “immediate action” function. Before selecting the function, the EVM Optimization Method should be selected. [:SENSe]:OFDM:OPTMethod NORMal | ITERative Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:OPTMethod?
Page 494 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement For further details of measurement-specific settings (if any), see "Measurement- Specific Details" on page 494 below. :COUPle ALL Remote Command :COUP ALL Example :COUPLE ALL | NONE Backwards Compatibility SCPI Backwards :COUP:NONE puts all Auto/Man parameters in manual mode, decoupling all the coupled instrument Compatibility parameters.
Page 495 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement – Span/RBW Ratio – Sweep Time – Video BANDwidth VBW/RBW ratio – Upper and Lower Tone (set to Sense) – Zero span measurement Resolution Bandwidth – Zero span measurement Dwell Time Harmonics (SA Mode only) Parameters affected by Auto Couple are: –...
Page 496 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Cellular TFPUSCHQPSK TFPUSCH16QAM TFPUSCH64QAM LTEFDDDL5M Wireless WLAN, Wi-SUN WLAN80211A WISUNO1I0 WISUNO1I1 WISUNO2I0 WISUNO2I1 WISUNO3 WISUNO4 Radio DAB, CDR, DRM DABMODEI DABMODE2 DABMODE3 DABMODE4 CDRTX1SPEC2 CDRTX1SPEC9 CDRTX1SPEC10 DRMA9K DRMB9K Video DOCSIS, DVB-TH, ISDB-T DOCSIS31UP DOCSIS31DOWN DVBTH2K ISDBTMO3...
Page 497 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Measure Carrier Specifies whether or not to measure this component carrier. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7[:STATe]? :OFDM:CCAR0 ON Example :OFDM:CCAR0? Notes Used with a sub-op code <n> (default = 0) to specify the component carrier for configuration. The range of the sub-op code is determined by the number of component carriers Preset State Saved...
Page 498 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement State Saved 1 kHz Hardware dependent: RF Input No Option = 10 MHz WB (25 MHz or wider) = Hardware Option Limit I/Q Input (for I+jQ) No Option = 20 MHz Option B25 = 50 MHz Spectrum Sets a spectrum to either normal or to inverted for demodulation related measurements.
Page 499 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Input Channel (GUI only) Select the input channel to configure its settings. State Saved Use Advanced Acquisition Table Specify if the settings in Advanced Acquisition Table will be applied. [:SENSe]:OFDM:RF:ACQuistion:ATABle OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:RF:ACQuistion:ATABle?
Page 500 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 dB The attenuation set by this control cannot be decreased below 6 dB with the knob or step keys. To get to a value below 6 dB it has to be directly entered from the keypad or via SCPI. This protects from adjusting the attenuation to a dangerously small value which can put the instrument at risk of damage to input circuitry.
Page 501 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier[0]|1|…|7:RF:CHANnel1|…|8:GAIN:PREamp OFF | LOW | FULL Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier[0]|1|…|7:RF:CHANnel1|…|8:GAIN:PREamp? :OFDM:CCAR0:RF:CHAN1:GAIN:PRE LOW Example :OFDM:CCAR0:RF:CHAN1:GAIN:PRE? Dependencies Preamp is not available on all hardware platforms. If the preamp is not present or is unlicensed, the control is not shown Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state...
Page 502 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement IF Path Specify IF path manually for each component carriers. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier[0]|1|…|7:RF:CHANnel1|…|8:IFPath B10M | B25M | B40M | Remote Command B85M | B125M | B140M | B160M | B255M | B510M | B1G | B1500M | B2G | B4G | [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier[0]|1|…|7:RF:CHANnel1|…|8:IFPath? :OFDM:CCAR0:RF:CHAN1:IFP B160M Example...
Page 503 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Search Length Specifies the amount or length of the Search Time input data that is included in the measurement pulse search. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:TIME:LENGth:SEARch <time> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:TIME:LENGth:SEARch? :OFDM:CCAR0:TIME:LENG:SEAR 1ms Example :OFDM:CCAR0:TIME:LENG:SEAR? Preset 4 ms State Saved Depends on Result Length Depends on System BW...
Page 504 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Meas Interval Specifies how much time data (in symbols), within "Result Length" on page 503, is used for measurement analysis data (computing the trace and symbol table data results). Meas Interval is entered as an integer number of symbols. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:TIME:INTerval <integer>...
Page 505 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:TIME:BURSt[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:TIME:BURSt[:STATe]? :OFDM:CCAR0:TIME:BURS OFF Example :OFDM:CCAR0:TIME:BURS? Preset State Saved Range Off|On Burst Search Threshold Specifies the burst search threshold level (-dB) used in the pulse search threshold mode.
Page 506 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Format Lets you configure format parameters. FFT Length Specifies the FFT length for the OFDM transmission. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:FFT:LENGth <integer> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:FFT:LENGth? :OFDM:CCAR0:FFT:LENG 64 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:FFT:LENG? Preset State Saved 65536 System Sample Frequency The OFDM System Sample Frequency parameter specifies the FFT sample rate (Hz). [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:SAMPle:FREQuency <freq>...
Page 507 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement The Max value of the Guard Lower/Upper Subcarriers is equal to the FFT Length – 1 Preset State Saved Depends on FFT Length Guard Upper Subcarriers Specifies the number of upper guard subcarriers. The Guard Lower Subcarriers are not included in any Trace data result.
Page 508 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :OFDM:CCAR0:HSCS 1 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:HSCS? Preset State Saved Range Off|On Edit Guard Interval per Symbol Specifies the Guard Intervals (also referred to as the cyclic prefix) as an array of values, one value for each symbol in the signal. The array is constrained to always contain at least one value.
Page 509 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Repeat Index If the Guard Interval Per Symbol array is at least as long as the measurement result length, it provides a guard interval value for each symbol. If the array is shorter than the measurement result length, processing loops back and re-uses the array (and keeps looping back every time the end of the array is reached again).
Page 510 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :OFDM:CCAR0:GUAR:INT 0.25,0.2 Example Preset Guard Interval Values is cleared by Restore Mode Defaults State Saved Saved in instrument state Edit Time Gaps Sets an array of gaps between symbols. Some OFDM signal formats may have empty gaps or other non-OFDM signal content between OFDM symbols.
Page 511 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement looping back every time the end of the array is reached again). The location within the array that is looped back to is determined by the Time Gaps Repeat Index. There are four possible cases: RepeatIndex ≥...
Page 512 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Edit Pilot IQ Values The Pilot IQ list may contain a very large number of IQ pairs, so it may not be feasible to display all IQ pairs in one table. The table displays up to 50 IQ pairs for modification. IQ Pair Start is used to specify which part of the Pilot IQ list will be loaded into the table.
Page 513 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :OFDM:CCAR0:PIL:IQ 1,0,1,0 Example Preset Pilot IQ Values is cleared by Restore Mode Defaults State Saved Saved in instrument state Layer Index Specifies the layer which Pilot IQ value list is shown in the table. Couplings Only valid when MIMO = On Edit Preamble IQ Values...
Page 514 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Delete Row This is an immediate action control, which deletes the currently-selected row, even if the row is being edited. The row following the currently-selected row (or the row preceding if there is none) will be selected. Clear Table This is an immediate action control, which clears the table.
Page 515 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Add User Inserts a row into the User Mapping table. Delete User Deletes the selected row of the User Mapping table. Clear Table Deletes all rows of the User Mapping table. User Name Lets you specify the name of one logic user.
Page 516 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Type Lets you specify the type of one resource allocation: Data, Pilot, Preamble, Unknown Pilot, Zero, Unspecified. Active Layer Lets you specify the layer of the resource allocation in MIMO mode. Symbol Index Lets you specify the time range of one resource allocation in terms of the OFDM symbol.
Page 517 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:RMAP <int>, <int>, … Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:RMAP? :OFDM:CCAR0:RMAP 4,3,1,0 Example Preset Cleared by Restore Mode Defaults State Saved Saved in instrument state Resource Modulation Values (Remote Command Only) Specifies the type of each “resource” (each used subcarrier and symbol time). 0 = Auto, 1 = BPSK, 2 = QPSK, 3 = 8PSK, 4 = 16QAM, 5 = 32QAM, 6 = 64QAM,…, 12 = 4096QAM NOTE...
Page 518 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:EQUalizer:USE:DCPilot OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:EQUalizer:USE:DCPilot? :OFDM:CCAR0:EQU:USE:DCP 1 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:EQU:USE:DCP? Preset State Saved Equalizer Use Pilot Lets you specify if the equalizer training includes the pilot subcarriers or not. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:EQUalizer:USE:PILot OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command...
Page 519 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:EQUalizer:AVERage:MODE? Command :OFDM:CCAR0:EQU:AVER:MODE EWEight Example :OFDM:CCAR0:EQU:AVER:MODE? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Initial Equalizer Mode When creating the initial channel equalizer, the measurement tries to use any available information from known pilot and preamble subcarriers. Initial Equalizer Mode controls which symbols are included when looking for known pilot and preamble subcarriers.
Page 520 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Include Data Subcarriers Enables/disables use of data subcarriers in phase, amplitude and timing tracking. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:TRACk:DATA OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:TRACk:DATA? :OFDM:CCAR0:TRAC:DATA 1 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:TRAC:DATA? Preset State Saved Track Amplitude When Track Amplitude is turned on, the measurement applies pilot subcarrier amplitude error correction to the pilot and data subcarriers (default is true).
Page 521 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:TRACk:TIMing? Command :OFDM:CCAR0:TRAC:TIM 1 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:TRAC:TIM? Preset State Saved Range Hex|Binary Filter In some circumstances, signal energy from outside the bandwidth of the analyzed signal can leak into the analysis, producing artificially high EVM. This may be due to aliasing that is a byproduct of the sampling and filtering done by the analyzer, or it may be due to similar issues in the signal generator, or perhaps something else entirely.
Page 522 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Arbitrary The following functions are available when this is the selected filter type. Edit Filter Coefficients Enables you to specify an array of floating-point values Arbitrary Coefficients that are used as the FIR filter coefficients, this is only available when Filter Type is Arbitrary.
Page 523 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement 65536 Remez The following functions are available when this is the selected filter type. Attenuation Enables you to specify the stop-band attenuation of the filter in dB. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:REMez:ATTenuation <rel_ampl> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:REMez:ATTenuation? :OFDM:CCAR0:REM:ATT -20dB Example Preset State Saved...
Page 524 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:WSINc:LENGth:AUTO OFF | ON | 0 | 1 [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:WSINc:LENGth:AUTO? :OFDM:CCAR0:WSIN:LENG 32 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:WSIN:LENG? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state 1000 Window Enables you to specify the window type for the windowed sinc filter. UNIForm A Uniform window type is applied HANNing...
Page 525 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Transition Bandwidth Enables you to specify the transition bandwidth for either Remez or Windowed Sinc filtering as a fraction of the OFDM System Sample Frequency. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:FILTer:TBANd <double> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:FILTer:TBANd?
Page 526 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Synchronization Mode Controls the type of synchronization used to synchronize to the start of an OFDM burst. The two available choices are: Time TCORrelation The measurement uses Time Correlation between the user- Correlation defined preamble and the measured signal to synchronize to the start of the OFDM burst Cyclic Prefix...
Page 527 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:SYNChronize:REFerence:INTerval <int> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:SYNChronize:REFerence:INTerval? :OFDM:CCAR0:SYNC:REF:INT 10 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:SYNC:REF:INT? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Depends on Max Result Length Synchronization Reference Offset Sets the offset of the reference signal to use for synchronization. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:SYNChronize:REFerence:OFFSet <int>...
Page 528 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Synchronization Search Offset Sets the synchronization search offset (in symbols) used when synchronizing to the signal. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:SYNChronize:SEARch:OFFSet <int> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:SYNChronize:SEARch:OFFSet? :OFDM:CCAR0:SYNC:SEAR:OFFS 0 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:SYNC:SEAR:OFFS? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Depends on Max Result Length Compensate Symbol Clock Error Enables or disables the internal adjustment in the timing of the symbol clock.
Page 529 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Report EVM in DB Enables/disables display of EVM in percent. When OFF (false), the EVM values are displayed in dB. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:EVM:REPort:DB OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:EVM:REPort:DB? :OFDM:CCAR0:EVM:REP:DB 1 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:EVM:REP:DB? Preset...
Page 530 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7:EFLock:RANGe:WIDTh? Command :OFDM:CCAR0:EFL:RANG:WIDT 10 Example :OFDM:CCAR0:EFL:RANG:WIDT? Couplings Max value equals FFT Length Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Depends on FFT Length Phase Compensation Mode Set the phase compensation mode on the baseband signal before upconversion. AUTO Use the CF of current component carrier for symbol phase compensation MANual...
Page 531 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Pilot in Time Domain Enables or disables the pilot in the time domain for phase tracking purpose. When enabled, a single DFT is performed over all the Pilot and Data subcarriers in any OFDM symbol, where no Preamble type of resource is allocated.
Page 532 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement MIMO Scheme Enables you to specify and configure MIMO scheme. MIMO Type Specify MIMO type according to how reference signal (preamble/pilot) generated. it is assumed that data subcarriers are transmitted simultaneously on all antennas, and have the same modulation format on all antennas.
Page 533 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement – Partially Overlapping: Preamble and pilot subcarriers are transmitted with specified overlapping pattern on all antennas. (Example: 5GNR CDM group mode) Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 534 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:MIMO:TYPE NONE | ALL | PARTially Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:MIMO:TYPE? :OFDM:MIMO:TYPE NONE Example :OFDM:MIMO:TYPE? Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 535 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Non-Overlapping | Overlapping All | Partially Overlapping Subcarrier Count Per Channel Estimation Unit For partially overlapping mode, specify subcarrier number of channel estimation unit according to reference (preamble/pilot) overlapping pattern. [:SENSe]:OFDM:MIMO:PARTially:SUBCount <integer>...
Page 536 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement IF Gain can be used to set this function to Auto, or to On (the extra 10 dB) or Off. These settings affect sensitivity and IF overloads. Only applies to the RF input. Does not apply to baseband I/Q input. IF Gain Auto Activates the auto rules for IF Gain.
Page 537 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:IF:GAIN:LEVel <rel_ampl> Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:IF:GAIN:LEVel? :OFDM:IF:GAIN:LEV -10 Example :OFDM:IF:GAIN:LEV? Notes Not available for B25 IF bandwidth option Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max -12/12 Adjust IF Gain For Specifies the reference component carrier for adjustment of "IF Gain"...
Page 538 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Couplings Grayed-out when Mixer Mode is Alternate When the Acquisition mode is changed from Sequential to Simultaneous, this control is reset (manual, 0 Hz) for all component carriers Preset 0 Hz State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Auto|Manual -(1GHz –...
Page 539 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Phase Noise Optimization Enables you to select the LO (local oscillator) phase noise behavior for various operating conditions. [:SENSe]:OFDM:FREQuency:SYNThesis[:STATe] 1 | … | 5 Remote Command For the meaning of each numeric option value, see "Parameter Options, Installed Options &...
Page 540 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Option Description – In instruments with EP0, emphasizes spur avoidance over close-in "Best Spurs" on page 541 phase noise performance – In instruments without EP0, this setting is accepted but no action taken Auto Automatically selects LO (local oscillator) phase noise behavior to optimize dynamic range and speed for various instrument operating...
Page 541 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Best Spurs :FREQ:SYNT 5 In instruments with EP0, the LO is configured for better phase noise than the "Best Wide-offset" on page 541 case close to the carrier, but the configuration has 11 dB worse phase noise than the "Best Close-in"...
Page 542 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement and to make the user interface more consistent with other X-Series instrument family members. (In models whose hardware does not provide for a "Fast Tuning" on page 541 option, the settings for "Best Close-in" on page 540 are used if "Fast Tuning"...
Page 543 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Models with Option Conditions Selection between tuning speed and phase Span > 22 MHz, or "Fast Tuning" on noise, giving good tuning speed at all page 541 RBW > 400 kHz, or offsets. Although not as good as for CF ≤...
Page 544 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Ranges Option Option # Phase Noise Option Range No EPx Option Best Close-in [offset < 20 kHz] Best Wide-offset [offset > 30 kHz] Fast Tuning [same as Best Close-In] Best Close-in [offset < 600 kHz] Balanced [offset <...
Page 545 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Mixing Mode Auto Activates the auto rules for Mixing Mode. [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7LO:MIXMode:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:CCARrier0|…|7LO:MIXMode:AUTO? :OFDM:CARR:LO:MIXM:AUTO OFF Example :OFDM:CARR:LO:MIXM:AUTO? Preset State Saved Range Auto|Man Spectrum Stitching When ON, multiple acquisitions overlapped in frequency domain will be performed and then combined to get wide band IQ data.
Page 546 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Multi Channel Config Lets you perform a detailed configuration of your component carriers, including number of carriers, bandwidth, offset, integration bandwidth, and so on. Multi Channel Config Only available for the Modulation Analysis measurement. Enables you to configure multiple channel receiver.
Page 547 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement [:SENSe]:OFDM:MCHannel:IPADdress1|2:LOCKed OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:OFDM:MCHannel:IPADdress1|2:LOCKed? :OFDM:MCH:IPAD1:LOCK 1 Example :OFDM:MCH:IPAD1:LOCK? Preset State Saved [:SENSe]:OFDM:MIMO:IPADdress1|2:LOCKed Backwards Compatibility SCPI Channel Configuration Information (Remote Query only) Returns channel configuration information. [:SENSe]:OFDM:MCHannel:CHANnel:INFO? Remote Command :OFDM:MCH:CHAN:INFO? Example...
Page 548 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :INITiate:CONTinuous? Command Example Put instrument into Single measurement operation: :INIT:CONT 0 :INIT:CONT OFF Put instrument into Continuous measurement operation: :INIT:CONT 1 :INIT:CONT ON Preset Note that :SYST:PRES sets :INIT:CONT to ON, but *RST sets :INIT:CONT State Saved...
Page 549 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement If the instrument is in Single measurement mode, pressing the Cont/Single toggle control does not zero the count and does not cause the sweep to be reset; the only action is to put the instrument into Continuous measurement operation. If the instrument is already in Continuous sweep: –...
Page 550 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :INITiate:RESTart Command :INIT:IMM Example :INIT:REST Notes :INIT:REST :INIT:IMM perform exactly the same function Couplings Resets average/hold count k. For the first sweep overwrites all active (update = on) traces with new current data. For application modes, it resets other parameters as required by the measurement Status Bits/OPC This is an Overlapped command dependencies...
Page 551 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement sweep is equivalent to a single measurement. A single sweep is taken after the trigger condition is met; and the instrument stops sweeping once that sweep has completed. However, with Average/Hold Num >1, and at least one trace set to Trace Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold, or a Waterfall window being displayed, multiple sweeps/data acquisitions are taken for a single measurement.
Page 552 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Averaging The weighting factor used for averaging is k. This is also the average/hold count for how many valid sweeps (data acquisitions) have been done. This is used for comparisons with N, as those comparisons always needs to be based on valid completed sweeps.
Page 553 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Notes :INIT:CONT is ON, then a new continuous measurement will start immediately, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met is OFF, then :INIT:IMM :INIT:CONT is used to start a single measurement, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met Dependencies For continuous measurement,...
Page 554 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Ref Value Controls the X value of the selected trace at the chosen X "Ref Position" on page 554. :DISPlay:OFDM:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:X[:SCALe]:RLEVel <real> Remote Command :DISPlay:OFDM:WINDow[1]|2|…|6:X[:SCALe]:RLEVel? :DISP:OFDM:WIND3:X:RLEV 10 Example Set the X ref value of the third window to 10 :DISP:OFDM:WIND3:X:RLEV? Query the X ref value of the third window Couplings...
Page 555 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement :DISP:OFDM:WIND3:X:COUP ON Example Do the X auto scale for the third window :DISP:OFDM:WIND3:X:COUP? Query the X auto scale state of the third window Couplings When this is ON, pressing the front-panel Restart key activates the scale coupling function, that automatically determines scale per division and reference values based on the measurement results.
Page 556 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Sample Points Displays the total number of sample points in the saved IQ data file. If you have not saved an IQ data file, the value is 0. Sampling Time Displays the total sample time of the saved IQ data file. If you have not saved an IQ data file, the value is 0.
Page 557 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Sample Points Displays the total number of sample points in the recalled IQ data file. If you have not recalled an IQ data file, the value is 0. Sampling Time Displays the total sample time of the recalled IQ data file. If you have not recalled an IQ data file, the value is 0.
Page 558 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Playback Start Once you have loaded an IQ data file using Recall, Recording, this control enables you to specify the start position of the IQ data playback range to be analyzed. If its value is less than zero, an additional zero is inserted at the beginning of the IQ data.
Page 559 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement that until you press Restart, the “invalid data” indicator (yellow asterisk) is displayed in each window. After you press Restart, the invalid data indicator disappears. :CALCulate:<meas>:PLAY:STARt <time> Remote Command :CALCulate:<meas>:PLAY:STARt? Where <meas> is the mnemonic for the current measurement, for example, Example For EVM measurement in 5G NR Mode: :CALC:EVM:PLAY:STAR 0.01 s...
Page 560 3 VMA Mode 3.2 Custom OFDM Measurement Sample Rate Displays the sample rate of the recalled IQ data file if the recalled file format contains sampling rate information (.csv, .sdf, .txt). In this case, the control is grayed-out. BINX files do not include sampling rate information inside the file, so after recalling one of these files, you must set Sample Rate manually.
Page 561 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement The Monitor Spectrum measurement provides a quick, convenient means of looking at the entire spectrum. While the look and feel are similar to Spectrum Analyzer Mode, the functionality is greatly reduced for easy operation. The main purpose of this measurement is to show the spectrum.
Page 562 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Single window view of the graph. :DISP:MON:VIEW RTR Example Dependencies This command is only available in the MSR, LTE-A FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes. In other Modes this is the only View 3.3.2 Windows This section describes the windows used in the Monitor Spectrum measurement.
Page 563 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement When Carrier and Sub-block attributes are both on, the sub-block scope and name are also shown on the spectrum trace: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 564 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement 3.3.3 Amplitude Activates the Amplitude menu and selects Reference Level or Reference Value as the active function, depending on the measurement. Some features in this menu apply to multiple measurements. Some other features apply only to specific measurements and their controls are blanked or grayed-out in measurements that do not support the feature.
Page 565 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Scale/Div also determines the displayed amplitude range in the log plot graph. Since there are usually 10 vertical graticule division on the display, the total amplitude range of the graph is typically 10x this amount. For example, if Scale/Div is 10 dB, then the total range of the graph is 100 dB.
Page 566 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Ref Position Positions the reference level at the top, center, or bottom of the Y Scale display. Changing the reference position does not change the reference level value. :DISPlay:MONitor:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP | CENTer | BOTTom Remote Command :DISPlay:MONitor:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition?
Page 567 Meas Preset. Only available when the hardware set includes an input attenuator, which is typically only the case for Keysight’s benchtop instruments. For example, this tab does not appear in VXT models M9420A/10A/11A/15A/16A, M9410E/11E/15E/16E, nor in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
Page 568 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Note that Configuration 2 is not strictly speaking a dual-section attenuator, since there is no electronic section available. However, it behaves exactly like Configuration 1 without the Electronic Attenuator Option EA3, therefore for the sake of this document it is grouped into the “Dual-Attenuator”...
Page 569 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Full Range Atten This control and Attenuator Summary only appear in N9041B, when the RF input is selected, the RF Input Port is set to RF Input 2, and the Full Range Attenuator is installed.
Page 570 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Mech Atten Labeled Mech Atten in Dual-Attenuator models, and Atten in Single-Attenuator models. In the Dual-Attenuator configuration, this control only affects the mechanical attenuator. Lets you modify the attenuation applied to the RF input signal path. This value is normally auto-coupled to Ref Level, "Internal Preamp"...
Page 571 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement 7.5 GHz to above 7.5 GHz, the attenuation setting changes to a multiple of 10 dB that is no smaller than the previous setting. For example, 4 dB attenuation changes to 10 dB Preset Auto The Auto value is 10 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 dB...
Page 572 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man As described under "Attenuation" on page 1763, there are two distinct attenuator configurations available in the X-Series, the Single Attenuator and Dual-Attenuator configurations. In Dual-Attenuator configurations, we have mechanical attenuation and electronic attenuation, and current total attenuation is the sum of electronic + mechanical attenuation.
Page 573 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement This control includes an Enable/Disable toggle switch; it is only possible to enter a value for the Electronic Attenuator when this switch is in the Enable position. For more details of the Electronic Attenuator, see "More Information"...
Page 574 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Transition Rules" on page 575 Preset 0 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 dB Dual-Attenuator configuration: 24 dB Single-Attenuator configuration: the total of ATT and EATT cannot exceed 50 dB. So, if the EATT is set to 24 dB first, the main attenuation cannot be greater than 26 dB and will be reduced accordingly;...
Page 575 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Mechanical Attenuator Transition Rules When the Electronic Attenuator is enabled, the Mechanical Attenuator transitions to a state that has no Auto function. Below are the rules for transitioning the Mechanical Attenuator. Note that the information below only applies to the Dual- Attenuator configurations, and only when the Electronic Attenuator is installed: When the Electronic Attenuation is enabled from a disabled state: –...
Page 576 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Using the Electronic Attenuator: Pros and Cons The electronic attenuator offers finer steps than the mechanical attenuator, has no acoustical noise, is faster, and is less subject to wear. The “finer steps” advantage of the electronic attenuator is beneficial in optimizing the alignment of the instrument dynamic range to the signal power in the front panel as well as remote use.
Page 577 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement – Electric attenuator only – Combination of Electric attenuator and Mechanical attenuator when [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate is executed. [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:TYPE EONLy | COMBined Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:TYPE? :POW:RANG:OPT:TYPE EONL Example :POW:RANG:OPT:TYPE? Dependencies Does not appear in the Swept SA, RTSA, Monitor Spectrum and Complex Spectrum measurements Appears in the Waveform measurement in BASIC and 5G NR Modes COMBined Preset...
Page 578 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Notes The parameter option ELECtrical sets this function to in Single-Attenuator models The parameter option COMBined is mapped to ELECtrical in Single-Attenuator models. If you send COMBined, it sets the function to and returns ELEC to a query For SCPI compatibility with models that do not have an input attenuator, the...
Page 579 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 1772 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 577 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 580 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 581 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 577 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
Page 582 All other models: 2 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state 3.3.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) Only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products, such as VXT and M941xE. State Saved Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC.
Page 583 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Adjust Range for Min Clipping Sets the combination of attenuation and gain based on the current measured signal level so that clipping will be at a minimum. This is an "immediate action" function, that is, it executes once, when the key is pressed.
Page 584 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Peak-to-Average Ratio Used with "Range (Non-attenuator models)" on page 1782 to optimize the level control in the instrument. The value is the ratio, in dB, of the peak power to the average power of the signal to be measured. A ratio of 0 should be used for sinusoidal signals;...
Page 585 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Mixer Lvl Offset This is an advanced setting to adjust target Range at the input mixer, which in turn affects the signal level in the instrument’s IF. This setting can be used when additional optimization is needed after setting "Peak-to-Average Ratio"...
Page 586 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement between Start Freq and Stop Freq, the instrument first performs a peak search, and then performs centering on the marker’s center frequency. The value displayed on "Preselector Adjust" on page 1787 changes to reflect the new preselector tuning.
Page 587 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement search to find 2. If the selected marker is already On, the instrument attempts the centering at that marker’s frequency. There is no preselector for signals below about 3.6 GHz, so if the marker is on a signal below 3.6 GHz, no centering is attempted, and an advisory message is generated 3.
Page 588 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement State Saved The Preselector Adjust value set by "Presel Center" on page 1786, or by manually adjusting Preselector Adjust Not saved in instrument state, and does not survive a Preset or power cycle Min/Max –/+500 MHz [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PADJust...
Page 589 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement The maximum Center Frequency for Low Band, displayed in square brackets, NOTE can change based on the selected IFBW for measurements that support IFBW (for example, Waveform measurement across all Modes that support it). In certain models (such as N9042B &...
Page 590 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement LNA is an additional preamplifier that provides superior DANL and frequency range compared to "Internal Preamp" on page 1788. LNA provides lower system noise figure, especially at frequencies above 100 MHz, and can be operated up to the full range of 50 GHz instruments.
Page 591 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement µW Path Control Options for this control include µW Preselector Bypass (Option MPB), Low Noise Path (Option LNP) and Full Bypass Enable in the High Band path circuits. When the µW Preselector is bypassed, flatness is improved, but will be subject to spurs from out of band interfering signals.
Page 592 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH STD | LNPath | MPBypass | FULL Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH? :POW:MW:PATH LNP Example Enables the Low Noise path :POW:MW:PATH? Notes When "Presel Center" on page 1786 is performed, the instrument momentarily switches to the Standard Path, regardless of the setting of µW Path Control The DC Block will always be switched in when the low noise path is switched in, to protect succeeding circuitry from DC.
Page 593 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Annotation In the Meas Bar, if the Standard path is chosen: µW Path: Standard If Low Noise Path is enabled but the LNP switch is not thrown: µW Path: LNP,Off If the Low Noise Path is enabled and the LNP switch is thrown: µW Path: LNP,On If the preselector is bypassed: µW Path: Bypass...
Page 594 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Always Presel Bypass Always Presel Bypass Spurious Always Standard Path Emissions WLAN Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Modulation Always Presel Bypass Analysis Spectral Flatness Always Presel Bypasss Power vs Time Always Presel Bypass Monitor Spectrum...
Page 595 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Emissions Transmit On|Off Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and Info BW > 15 MHz, in Power which case choose Preselector Bypass Channel Quality Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Group Delay Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency >...
Page 596 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement whether or not the Low Noise Path Enable is selected in the user interface. The only time the Low Noise Path is used is when Low Noise Path Enable is selected, the sweep is completely in High Band (> 3.6 GHz) and no preamp is in use. For measurements that use IQ acquisition, the low noise path is used when Center Frequency is in High Band (>...
Page 597 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement There are other times where selecting the low noise path improves performance, too. Compression-limited measurements such as finding the nulls in a pulsed-RF spectrum can profit from the low noise path in a way similar to the TOI-limited measurement illustrated.
Page 598 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Option MPB or pre-selector bypass provides an unpreselected input mixer path for certain X-Series signal analyzers with frequency ranges above 3.6 GHz. This signal path allows a wider bandwidth and less amplitude variability, which is an advantage when doing modulation analysis and broadband signal analysis.
Page 599 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement whenever Full Bypass Enable is selected, a warning message appears in the status bar: “Full Bypass Enabled, maximum safe input power reduced” Microwave Preselector Bypass Backwards Compatibility Example Bypass the microwave preselector: :POW:MW:PRES OFF Notes Included for Microwave Preselector Bypass backwards compatibility STD)
Page 600 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Settings Alert message in the error queue Allow Full Bypass in Auto Enable or disable Full Bypass in µW Path Auto rule. See "µW Path Control" on page 1791. When this function is ON, and "µW Path Control"...
Page 601 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Software Preselection Provided in some instruments, either to compensate for issues with provided hardware preselection or to provide the preselection function when there is no hardware preselector. N9041B Software Preselection compensates for the frequency range limit of the microwave preselector.
Page 602 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement traces is used. This provides a method to reduce spurs that are internally generated within the VXT, but you should note the following when using Software Preselection: – There is some speed cost due to the need to take multiple captures –...
Page 603 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement – NORMal - mathematically removes all image and multiple responses of signals present at the input – ADVanced - any trace processing (such as “max hold” or trace averaging) is performed on the points of both candidate traces before the “select minimum” operation occurs.
Page 604 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement method Grayed-out when "Software Preselection" on page 1801 is OFF. The grayout message is “Unavailable unless SW Presel enabled” For N9042B+V3050A, the parameter is SCPI-only, and always set to NARRow when Software Preselection is enabled Preset NORMal N9041B...
Page 605 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Meas Mode Preset BASIC, WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA WCDMA WCDMA PCON WCDMA EVMQ WCDMA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA...
Page 606 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement To decouple the resolution bandwidth, press the Auto/Man toggle on the Res BW control, or simply enter a different value for Res BW. When the Res BW is manually selected, it may be returned to the coupled state by pressing the Auto/Man toggle on the Res BW control.
Page 607 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement RBW Presets Unless noted in the table below, the Preset value of RBW is Auto. Mode Preset RBW WLAN 100 kHz LTE, LTETDD, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD 100 kHz 5GNR 100 kHz Video BW Lets you change the instrument post-detection filter (VBW or “video bandwidth”) from 1 Hz to 8 MHz in approximately 10% steps.
Page 608 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement When this is the case, the VBW still acts to change the Sweep Time, if Sweep Time is in Auto, and still affects the data on other traces for which this is not the case Couplings Video bandwidth (VBW) is normally coupled to RBW.
Page 609 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement [:SENSe]:MONitor:BANDwidth:VIDeo:RATio:AUTO OFF | ON | 0 | 1 [:SENSe]:MONitor:BANDwidth:VIDeo:RATio:AUTO? :MON:BAND:VID:RAT 2 Example :MON:BAND:VID:RAT? :MON:BAND:VID:RAT:AUTO 0 :MON:BAND:VID:RAT:AUTO? Notes The values shown in this table reflect the conditions after a Mode Preset Couplings "Coupling Auto Rules" on page 609 Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state...
Page 610 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement 1. If the measurement supports EMC Standard, and the detector is Peak and the EMC Standard is set to either CISPR or MIL, use 10.0 (we use wide VBWs to capture peak levels accurately). 2.
Page 611 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement When the Span:3dB RBW is manually selected, it may be returned to the coupled state by setting the toggle on the RBW:3 dB RBW control back to Auto. This may also be done by pressing Auto Couple or by performing a Preset. [:SENSe]:MONitor:FREQuency:SPAN:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:RATio <integer>...
Page 612 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement User View Lets you choose a View from the saved User Views for the current measurement. This panel only appears if a User View exists for the current measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:SELect <alphanumeric> Remote Command :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:SELect? Example Select Baseband as the current View...
Page 613 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Save Layout as New View Saves your new View as a User View. An alpha keyboard appears, which lets you name your new View; the default is the old View name plus a number. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:NAME <alphanumeric>...
Page 614 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Delete User View You can delete the current View if it is a User View. The default view becomes the current view for the Measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:DELete Remote Command :DISP:VIEW:ADV:DEL Example Notes <alphanumeric> is case insensitive; you can specify mixed case, however the name will be evaluated on a single case If the <alphanumeric>...
Page 615 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:CAT? Example Notes Returns a quoted string of the available Views for the current measurement, separated by commas. The list includes names for all the Views, including User Views, available for the current Measurement Example: "Normal,Trace Zoom,Spectrogram,Baseband,myView1,yourView1"...
Page 616 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Backwards Compatibility :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]? SCPI This command is accepted for backwards compatibility with older instruments, but the WINDow, TRACe GRID parameters are ignored Screen Annotation...
Page 617 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement :DISP:ANN:TRAC OFF Example Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Control Annotation Turns on and off the display of values on the Active Function controls for all measurements in the current Mode. This is a security feature. :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]?
Page 618 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement 2. To reduce emissions from the display, drive circuitry 3. For security purposes If you have turned off the display: – and you are in local operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing any key or by sending :SYSTem:DEFaults MISC :DISPlay:ENABle ON...
Page 619 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement State Saved Not saved in instrument state Backwards :SYST:PRES no longer turns on :DISPlay:ENABle as it did in legacy analyzers Compatibility Notes 3.3.6 Frequency Opens the Frequency menu, which contains controls that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument.
Page 620 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement – "Center Frequency Presets" on page 622 – "VXT Models with Radio Heads/CIU Frequency Range" on page 624 – "RF Center Freq" on page 624 – "Ext Mix Center Freq" on page 625 –...
Page 621 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement In MSR, Center Freq, Center Freq Offset and Carrier Ref Freq are coupled with the equation, Center Freq = Carrier Ref Freq + Center Freq Offset. When Center Freq is changed, Center Freq Offset is updated and Carrier Ref Freq is not changed When auto, Center Freq Offset remains the same value.
Page 622 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Center Frequency, Center Frequency Offset and Carrier Reference Frequency are coupled. When Carrier Reference Frequency changes: – Center Frequency : Auto Center Frequency = Carrier Reference Frequency + Center Frequency Offset (fixed) – Center Frequency : Man Center Frequency (fixed) = Carrier Reference Frequency + Center Frequency Offset Preset State Saved...
Page 623 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Freq Option CF after Mode Stop Freq after Mode Max Freq (can't tune Preset Preset above) 506 (M9421A, M8920A) 3.245 GHz 6.08GHz 6.08 GHz F06 (M9410A/11A) 1.0 GHz 6.08 GHz 6.08 GHz F06 (M9415A) 6.6 GHz 1 GHz 1.08 GHz...
Page 624 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Tracking Min Freq If above this Freq, Stop Freq Max Freq (clips to this freq when turn (can't tune Generator clipped to this Freq when TG TG on and can’t tune below above) Option turned on while TG on)
Page 625 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Ext Mix Center Freq Specifies the External Mixer Center Frequency. This command sets the Center Frequency to be used when the External Mixer is selected, even if the External Mixer input is not the input that is selected at the time the command is sent. Note that "Center Frequency"...
Page 626 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement selected input. [:SENSe]:FREQuency:IQ:CENTer <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:IQ:CENTer? :FREQ:IQ:CENT 30 MHz Example Notes This command is the same in all Modes, but the parameter is Measurement Global, so the value is independent in each Mode and common across all the measurements in the Mode Preset 0 Hz State Saved...
Page 627 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Preset Depends on instrument maximum frequency, mode, measurement, and selected input "Span Presets" on page 627 State Saved Saved in instrument state 10 Hz Depends on instrument maximum frequency, mode, measurement, and selected input; see "Span Presets"...
Page 628 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Note that if you are in External Mixing, the maximum Span will be equal to the Maximum Stop Frequency – Minimum Start Frequency for the currently selected mixer. Span Presets by Mode Mode Radio Std Preset Value WCDMA...
Page 629 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement :FREQ:CENT:STEP:AUTO? Notes Preset and Max values are dependent on Hardware Options Dependencies Not available in MSR, LTEAFDD/LTEATDD, 5GNR and Channel Quality Modes If the electronic/soft attenuator is enabled, any attempt to change the value of the center frequency >3.6 GHz by pressing the Up-arrow key, fails and results in an advisory message.
Page 630 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Notes The selected marker is remembered even when not in the Marker menu and is used if a Search is done or a Band Function is turned on or for Signal Track or Continuous Peak Preset Marker 1 State Saved...
Page 631 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement :CALCulate:MONitor:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:X:POSition <real> Remote Command :CALCulate:MONitor:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:X:POSition? :CALC:MON:MARK:X:POS 0 Example :CALC:MON:MARK:X:POS? Notes The query returns the marker’s absolute X Axis value in trace points if the control mode is Normal, or the offset from the marker’s reference marker in trace points if the control mode is Delta. The value is returned as a real number, not an integer, corresponding to the translation from X Axis Scale units to trace points .
Page 632 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement :CALCulate:MONitor:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:MODE POSition | DELTa | OFF Remote Command :CALCulate:MONitor:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:MODE? :CALC:MON:MARK:MODE POS Example :CALC:MON:MARK:MODE? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state POSition|DELTa|OFF Range Annotation Mkr # <X value> and <Marker value> upper right on graph Backward Compatibility SCPI Commands Sets or queries the state of a marker.
Page 633 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Couple Markers When this function is ON, moving any marker causes an equal X Axis movement of every other marker that is not Off. By “equal X Axis movement” we mean that we preserve the difference between each marker’s X Axis value (in the fundamental x- axis units of the trace that marker is on) and the X Axis value of the marker being moved (in the same fundamental x-axis units).
Page 634 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Pressing the Peak Search hardkey automatically moves you to the Peak NOTE Search page of the Marker menu and performs a Peak Search. If the selected marker was off, then it is turned on as a normal marker, and a Peak Search is performed.
Page 635 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement 3.3.7.4 Properties The controls on this tab are used to set certain properties of the selected marker. Marker Frequency This is the fundamental control that you use to move a marker around on the trace. This is the same as "Marker Frequency"...
Page 636 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Marker Trace Selects the trace on which you want your marker placed. A marker is associated with one and only one trace. This trace is used to determine the placement, result, and X-Axis Scale of the marker. All markers have an associated trace; it is from that trace that they determine their attributes and behaviors, and it is to that trace that they go when they become Normal ...
Page 637 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement – Marker Noise – Band Power – Band Density – Off Marker Frequency This is the fundamental control that you use to move a marker around on the trace. This is the same as "Marker Frequency"...
Page 638 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Preset Depends on X axis range of selected Trace 10% of Span State Saved -9.9E+37 9.9E+37 26.5GHz Band Left Sets the left edge frequency or time value for the band of the selected marker. :CALCulate:MONitor:MARKer[1]|2|...|12:FUNCtion:BAND:LEFT <freq>...
Page 639 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement 3.3.8 Meas Setup This menu panel contains functions for setting up the measurement parameters and also contains functions for setting up parameters global to all measurements in the Mode. 3.3.8.1 Settings Contains frequently used Meas Setup functions to which you will want the fastest access.
Page 640 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Average Mode Toggles the Average Mode: – EXPonential- continues measurement averaging, using the specified number of averages to compute each averaged value. The average is displayed at the end of each sweep – REPeat- causes the measurement to reset the average counter each time the specified number of averages is reached [:SENSe]:MONitor:AVERage:TCONtrol EXPonential | REPeat Remote...
Page 641 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Meas Setup Summary Table Lets you view and access many of the parameters in the Meas Setup menus on one screen. Auto Couple Immediately puts all Auto/Man functions into Auto. Auto Couple is confined to the current measurement only.
Page 642 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Each parameter, upon being set to Auto, selects and sets the appropriate auto- coupled value based on that parameter’s coupling rules. The Dependency Resolver orchestrates the couplings for parameters that depend on one or more other parameters.
Page 643 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Meas Preset Restores all the measurement parameters to their default values. :CONFigure:MONitor Remote Command :CONF:MON Example 3.3.8.2 Advanced Contains controls for setting advanced function s of the instrument. This tab does not appear in EXM or VXT. Noise Floor Extension When this function is ON, the expected noise power of the instrument (derived from a factory calibration) is subtracted from the trace data.
Page 644 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement :CORR:NOIS:FLO ON Example Dependencies This control only appears in instruments with the NFE or NF2 license installed. In all others, the control does not appear, however the SCPI command will be accepted without error (but will have no effect) Couplings When NFE is enabled in any mode manually, a prompt will be displayed reminding you to perform the...
Page 645 Note that NFE is not adequately accurate to always be able to read below kTB. On instruments with the NF2 license installed, the calibrated Noise Floor used by Noise Floor Extensions should be refreshed periodically. Keysight recommends that the Characterize Noise Floor operation be performed after the first 500 hours of operation, and once every calendar year.
Page 646 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement [:SENSe]:MONitor:CONversion:TYPE AUTO | SHSide | SLSide | IPRotect Remote Command [:SENSe]:MONitor:CONversion:TYPE? :MON:CON:TYPE AUTO Example :MON:CON:TYPE? Dependencies This control only appears in the M9391A Couplings The availabilities of SingleHighSide and SingleLowSide depend on the current Sweep Parameters such as Center Freq, Span, Res BW and Points AUTO Preset...
Page 647 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Global Center Freq The software maintains a Mode Global value called Global Center Freq. When Global Center Freq is switched ON, the current Mode’s center frequency is copied into the Global Center Frequency, and from then on all Modes that support global settings use the Global Center Frequency, so you can switch between any of these Modes and the Center Frequency remains unchanged.
Page 648 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Mode Preset is pressed while Global EMC Std is ON, Global EMC Std is preset to the preset EMC Std of the current Mode. This function resets to when "Restore Defaults" on page 1829 is pressed, or when System, Restore Defaults, All Modes is pressed.
Page 649 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement You can select a shorter sweep time to improve the measurement throughput (with some potential unspecified accuracy reduction), but the Meas Uncal indicator will appear if the sweep time you set is less than the calculated Auto Sweep time. You can also select a longer sweep time, which can be useful (for example) for obtaining accurate insertion loss measurements on very narrowband filters.
Page 650 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement changes when these parameters are changed When you manually set a value when in the Auto state, the state automatically changes to Man Preset Automatically Calculated unless noted below WCDMA Mode – Channel Power: 1.0 msOBW: 32.6 ms –...
Page 651 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement When in Auto, this parameter’s value is determined by other parameters, such as Span, RBW and VBW. You can manually increase this parameter value from this Auto value. If increased, the instrument acquires signal for the specified time duration for each chunk.
Page 652 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement "More Information" on page 652 :INITiate:CONTinuous OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command :INITiate:CONTinuous? Example Put instrument into Single measurement operation: :INIT:CONT 0 :INIT:CONT OFF Put instrument into Continuous measurement operation: :INIT:CONT 1 :INIT:CONT ON Preset...
Page 653 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement If the instrument is in Single measurement mode, pressing the Cont/Single toggle control does not zero the count and does not cause the sweep to be reset; the only action is to put the instrument into Continuous measurement operation. If the instrument is already in Continuous sweep: –...
Page 654 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement :INITiate:RESTart Command :INIT:IMM Example :INIT:REST Notes :INIT:REST :INIT:IMM perform exactly the same function Couplings Resets average/hold count k. For the first sweep overwrites all active (update = on) traces with new current data. For application modes, it resets other parameters as required by the measurement Status Bits/OPC This is an Overlapped command dependencies...
Page 655 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement sweep is equivalent to a single measurement. A single sweep is taken after the trigger condition is met; and the instrument stops sweeping once that sweep has completed. However, with Average/Hold Num >1, and at least one trace set to Trace Average, Max Hold, or Min Hold, or a Waterfall window being displayed, multiple sweeps/data acquisitions are taken for a single measurement.
Page 656 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Averaging The weighting factor used for averaging is k. This is also the average/hold count for how many valid sweeps (data acquisitions) have been done. This is used for comparisons with N, as those comparisons always needs to be based on valid completed sweeps.
Page 657 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Notes :INIT:CONT is ON, then a new continuous measurement will start immediately, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met is OFF, then :INIT:IMM :INIT:CONT is used to start a single measurement, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met Dependencies For continuous measurement,...
Page 658 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement points compacts the data and decreases the time required to access a trace over the remote interface. Increasing the number of points does not increase the sweep time. However, it can slightly impact the trace processing time and therefore the overall measurement speed.
Page 659 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Preset 1001 unless noted below 2001: 5GNR State Saved Saved in instrument state 20001 Annotation On second line of annotations, in lower right corner in parenthesis behind the sweep annotation Auto Sweep Points When Auto Sweep Points is ON, the instrument determines the points using the following calculation formula: # points = ceil(Span / (Rbw * 1e3)) * 1000 + 1...
Page 660 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Select Trace appears above the menu panel, indicating that it applies to all controls in the menu panel. Select Trace is blanked if you select a tab whose controls do not depend on the selected trace (for example, Trace Function). Notes The selected trace is remembered even when not in the Trace menu Dependencies...
Page 661 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Option Parameter SCPI Example Details MAXHold :TRAC3:TYPE MAXH Maximum Hold See: "Max Hold" on page 665 MINHold :TRAC5:TYPE MINH Minimum Hold See: "Min Hold" on page 665 Full descriptions of each type are provided below. You may select one of these types for each trace.
Page 662 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement In X-Series, trace averaging can be done on a per-trace basis. The Trace Modes (now called Trace Types) are Clear/Write, Trace Average, Max Hold and Min Hold. View and Blank are set separately under "View/Blank"...
Page 663 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement – :TRACe:MODE BLANk sets :TRACe:UPDate OFF, :TRACe:DISPlay OFF, for the selected trace The query returns the same value as :TRACe:TYPE?, meaning that if you set :TRACe:MODE:VIEW or :TRACe:MODE:BLANk, the query response will not be what you sent :TRACe[n]:MODE was formerly used to set the type or “writing mode”...
Page 664 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Pressing Clear/Write for the selected trace, or sending :TRAC:TYPE WRIT for the specified trace, sets the trace type to Clear/Write and clears the trace, even if you are already in Clear/Write. Then a new sweep is initiated. Trigger conditions must be met before the sweep actually starts, and if in Single the sweep won’t start until Restart is pressed.
Page 665 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Max Hold The instrument maintains and displays a max hold trace, which represents the maximum data value on a point-by-point basis of the new trace data and previous trace data. Details of the count limiting behavior may be found under Avg|Hold Number under Meas Setup.
Page 666 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Clear and Write | Restart Averaging | Restart Max/Min Hold Starts the trace writing, as though the "Trace Type" on page 1737 had just been selected. The effect is exactly the same as reselecting the current Trace Type again –...
Page 667 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Couplings Selecting a Trace Type for a trace (pressing the key or sending the equivalent command) puts the trace in Active (Update and Display ON), even if that trace type was already selected Selecting a detector for a trace (pressing the key or sending [:SENS]:DET:TRAC) puts the trace in Active (UpdateON...
Page 668 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Example Make trace 1 visible: :TRAC2:DISP 1 Blank trace 3: :TRAC3:DISP 3 Couplings Whenever you set Update to for any trace, the Display is set to for that trace Preset For Swept SA Measurement (in SA Mode): 1|0|0|0|0|0 for Trace 1;...
Page 669 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Trace Settings Table Lets you configure the Trace system using a visual utility. Clear All Traces Clears all traces from the display. :TRACe:MONitor:CLEar:ALL Remote Command :TRAC:MON:CLE:ALL Example :DISPlay:MONitor:VIEW:WINDow:TRACe:CLEar:ALL Backwards Compatibility SCPI 3.3.10.3 Detector Lets you choose and configure detectors for the selected trace.
Page 670 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement Peak AVERage Because they may not find a spectral component's true peak, neither SAMPle detectors measure amplitudes of CW signals as accurately as Peak or NORMal, but they do measure noise without the biases of Peak detection. [:SENSe]:MONitor:DETector:TRACe[1]2|3 AVERage | NEGative | NORMal | POSitive Remote | SAMPle | RMS...
Page 671 3 VMA Mode 3.3 Monitor Spectrum Measurement [:SENSe]:MONitor:DETector:TRACe[1]|2|3:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:MONitor:DETector:TRACe[1]|2|3:AUTO? :MON:DET:TRAC2:AUTO ON Example :MON:DET:TRAC2:AUTO? Couplings When this function is ON, the "Detector" on page 669 "Trace Type" on page 1737 settings automat- ically align as follows: –...
Page 672 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement The IQ Waveform measurement is a time-domain measurement that lets you view the envelope, real and imaginary components of an RF or baseband signal. It is similar in many respects to the zero-span measurement in traditional spectrum analysis but gives you direct access to the I/Q pairs of the signal, such as those that make up modern communications signals.
Page 673 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Remote Command Results For the :FETCh, :MEASure :READ queries above, the results returned depend on the parameter value as follows: Results Returned Returns unprocessed I/Q trace data, as a series of trace point pairs, in Volts Each pair consists of an I value (even-indexed, starting at 0), followed by a Q value (odd-indexed) Returns the following scalar results: Item...
Page 674 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Results Returned Returns conjugated I/Q trace data, in Volts, if "Invert Spectrum" on page 779 is set to INVert. Otherwise, returns the same unprocessed I/Q trace data as n = 0 above 3.4.1 Views You can select the measurement view you want to use from the Mode/Measurement/View selector screen.
Page 675 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Shows an RF envelope (magnitude) window and a metrics table showing the measured values for the mean power and peak-to-mean power. 3.4.1.2 I/Q Waveform Windows: "I/Q Waveform" on page 676 Shows a window with I and Q voltages vs time. SCPI commands can also be used to query the I/Q pairs while in this View.
Page 676 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement 3.4.2.2 Metrics Shows the measured values for the mean power and peak-to-mean power of the RF Envelope result of the waveform (time domain) measurements. Numeric Results Name Type Description Unit Format Mean Pwr Float64 The mean power (dBm).
Page 677 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement 3.4.3 Amplitude Activates the Amplitude menu and selects Reference Level or Reference Value as the active function, depending on the measurement. Some features in this menu apply to multiple measurements. Some other features apply only to specific measurements and their controls are blanked or grayed-out in measurements that do not support the feature.
Page 678 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement RF Envelope :DISPlay:WAVeform:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel <amptd> Remote Command :DISPlay:WAVeform:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel? :DISP:WAV:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV -50 dBm Example Couplings When "Auto Scaling" on page 681 (default), this value is automatically determined by the measurement result. When you set a value manually, Auto Scaling changes to Preset 10.00 dBm State Saved...
Page 679 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :DISPlay:WAVeform:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:PDIVision? Command :DISP:WAV:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:PDIV 5 Example :DISP:WAV:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:PDIV? Couplings Coupled to "Scale Range" on page 679 as follows Scale/Div = Scale Range/10 (number of divisions) When "Auto Scaling" on page 681 is On, this value is automatically determined by the measurement result When you change a value, Auto Scaling automatically changes to Off Preset...
Page 680 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement RF Envelope :DISPlay:WAVeform:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RANGe <rel_ampl> Remote Command :DISPlay:WAVeform:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RANGe? :DISP:WAV:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RANG 100 Example :DISP:WAV:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RANG? Couplings Coupled to "Scale/Div" on page 678 as follows Scale Range = Scale/Div * 10 (number of divisions) When you change a value, "Auto Scaling"...
Page 681 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement RF Envelope :DISPlay:WAVeform:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP | CENTer | Remote BOTTom Command :DISPlay:WAVeform:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition? :DISP:WAV:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS CENT Example :DISP:WAV:VIEW:WIND:TRAC:Y:RPOS? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Top|Center|Bottom Range Annotation > and < are displayed both side of graph to indicate Reference Position IQ Waveform :DISPlay:WAVeform:VIEW2:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition TOP | CENTer | Remote...
Page 682 Meas Preset. Only available when the hardware set includes an input attenuator, which is typically only the case for Keysight’s benchtop instruments. For example, this tab does not appear in VXT models M9420A/10A/11A/15A/16A, M9410E/11E/15E/16E, nor in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
Page 683 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Configuration 2: Mechanical attenuator, no optional electronic attenuator Note that Configuration 2 is not strictly speaking a dual-section attenuator, since there is no electronic section available. However, it behaves exactly like Configuration 1 without the Electronic Attenuator Option EA3, therefore for the sake of this document it is grouped into the “Dual-Attenuator”...
Page 684 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement When you have the Dual-Attenuator configuration, you may still have only a Single- Attenuator, because unless Option EA3 (the Electronic Attenuator option) is available, and you purchase it, you will have only the mechanical attenuator. Full Range Atten This control and Attenuator Summary only appear in N9041B, when the RF input is selected, the RF Input Port is set to RF Input 2, and the Full Range Attenuator is...
Page 685 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – Total Atten below 50 GHz: 30 dB – Total Atten above 50 GHz: 20 dB Mech Atten Labeled Mech Atten in Dual-Attenuator models, and Atten in Single-Attenuator models. In the Dual-Attenuator configuration, this control only affects the mechanical attenuator.
Page 686 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement attenuator hardware setting until the input is changed back to the RF Input For CXA-m with Option FSA (Fine-Step Attenuator or 2 dB steps), the FSA-like behavior is only available when the frequency setting is <= 7.5 GHz. So, when the frequency is changed from below 7.5 GHz to above 7.5 GHz, the attenuation setting changes to a multiple of 10 dB that is no smaller than the previous setting.
Page 687 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Dependencies :POW:ATT:AUTO is only available in measurements that support Auto, such as Swept SA Preset Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man As described under "Attenuation" on page 1763, there are two distinct attenuator configurations available in the X-Series, the Single Attenuator and Dual-Attenuator configurations.
Page 688 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Elec Atten Controls the Electronic Attenuator in Dual-Attenuator configurations. Does not appear in Single-Attenuator configurations, because the control of both the mechanical and electronic stages of the Single-Attenuator is integrated into the single Atten control. This control includes an Enable/Disable toggle switch;...
Page 689 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – Power vs. Time and Transmit Power measurement in GSM/EDGE Mode – Burst Power measurement in Spectrum Analyzer Mode The SCPI-only “soft” electronic attenuation for the single-attenuator configuration is not available in all measurements; in particular, it is not available in the Swept SA measurement Couplings Enabling and disabling the Electronic Attenuator affects the setting of the Mechanical Attenuator (in Dual-Attenuator configurations).
Page 690 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement aid in remote operation and are negligible for front panel use. See "Using the Electronic Attenuator: Pros and Cons" on page 691 for a detailed discussion of the pros and cons of using the electronic attenuator. For the Single-Attenuator configuration, for SCPI backwards compatibility, the “soft”...
Page 691 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – The Elec Atten control is grayed out – The Auto/Man state of (Mech) Atten is restored – If now in Auto, (Mech) Atten recouples – If now in Man, (Mech) Atten is set to the value of total attenuation that existed before the Elec Atten was disabled.
Page 692 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize IMMediate Remote Command :POW:RANG:OPT IMM Example Notes Executing Adjust Atten for Min Clipping initiates the measurement Dependencies Does not appear in the Swept SA, RTSA, Monitor Spectrum and Complex Spectrum measurements Appears in the Waveform measurement in BASIC and 5G NR Modes Adjust Atten Allows you to select;...
Page 693 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Selection SCPI Note COMBined ELECtrical Elec Atten Only Selects only the electric attenuator to participate in auto ranging. This offers less wear on the mechanical attenuator and is usually faster COMBined Elec+Mech In Dual-Attenuator models, this selects both attenuators to Atten participate in the autoranging [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation OFF | ON | ELECtrical |...
Page 694 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 1772 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 692 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 695 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 696 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 692 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
Page 697 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:ATTenuation:STEP[:INCRement]? :POW:ATT:STEP 2 Example :POW:ATT:STEP? Notes Has a toggle control on the front panel, but takes a specific value (in dB) when used remotely. The only valid values are 2 and 10 Dependencies Blanked in EXA, CXA and CXA-m if option FSA (2 dB steps) is not present.
Page 698 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Not all measurements support Range Auto/Man. If Auto is not supported in the current measurement, this control is grayed-out, displaying Man, and returned to a SCPI query, but this does not change the Auto/Man setting for Range. When you switch to a measurement that supports Auto, it goes back to Auto if it was previously in Auto mode.
Page 699 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :VOLT:IQ:RANG? Notes The numeric entries are mapped to the smallest gain range whose break point is greater than or equal to the value, or 1 V Peak if the value is greater than 1 V Couplings When "Q Same as I"...
Page 700 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Q Range The internal gain range for the Q channel. Q Range only applies to Input Path Q Only and Ind I/Q. For input I+jQ "I Range" on page 1779 determines both I and Q channel range settings.
Page 701 "Q Range" on page 1781 Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state OFF|ON Range 3.4.3.4 Range (Non-attenuator models) Only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products, such as VXT and M941xE. State Saved Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 702 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC. For signals with high peak-to- average ratios, the range may need to exceed the rms signal power by a significant amount to avoid clipping.
Page 703 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:RANGe:OPTimize:ATTenuation? Notes Because there is no attenuator control available in these models, the control displays only choices. However, for SCPI compatibility with other platforms, all three parameters (ELECtrical, COMBined, and ON) are honored and all are mapped to ELECtrical, so if any of these three parameters is sent, a subsequent query will return ELEC Dependencies...
Page 704 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement via SCPI, but is not changeable. In such applications the control is grayed-out. Attempts to change the value via SCPI are ignored, but no error message is generated Dependencies Does not appear in Spectrum Analyzer Mode Preset VXT Models M9410A/11A 0 dB...
Page 705 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement This tab does appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A/16A and M9410E/11E/15E/16E, because "Software Preselection" on page 1801 is under this tab, and VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A/16A and M9410E/11E/15E/16E implement a version of Software Preselection. Presel Center Adjusts the centering of the preselector filter to optimize the amplitude accuracy at the frequency of the selected marker.
Page 706 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement dependencies subsequent measurement has completed, nor are results returned in response to :READ :MEASure queries Measuring bit remains set (true) while this command is operating, and does not go false until the subsequent sweep/measurement has completed Proper Preselector Operation Certain considerations should be observed to ensure proper operation: 1.
Page 707 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – Does not appear in VXT Models M9410A/11A/15A/16A – Does not appear in M9410E/11E/15E/16E – Grayed-out if microwave preselector is off – Grayed-out if entirely in Band 0, that is, if Stop Freq is lower than about 3.6 GHz –...
Page 708 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Selection Example Note :POW:GAIN OFF Low Band :POW:GAIN ON Sets the internal preamp to use only the low band. The frequency range of the installed (optional) low-band :POW:GAIN:BAND preamp is displayed in square brackets on the Low Band selection in the dropdown Full Range :POW:GAIN ON...
Page 709 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement When the USB Preamp is connected to USB, the Preamp annotation says “Preamp: USB” if the internal preamp is off or “Preamp: USB, Int” if the internal preamp is on (only for measurements that support the USB preamp) Auto Function [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:GAIN[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1...
Page 710 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement More Information When LNA is installed, the preamp annotation changes to show the state of both LNA and Internal Preamp. Below is an example: Note that when operating entirely in the low band (below about 3.6 GHz), if LNA is on, Internal Preamp is switched off (even if you have its switch set to ON).
Page 711 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement without giving the best possible noise floor. The preamp, if purchased and used, gives better noise floor than does Low Noise Path Enable, but the preamp’s compression threshold and third-order intercept are much poorer than that of Low Noise Path Enable.
Page 712 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement In any of these cases, if the required options are not present and the SCPI command is sent, error - 241, "Hardware missing; Option not installed" is generated Low Noise Path Enable and Full Bypass Enable are grayed-out if the current measurement does not support them Low Noise Path Enable and Full Bypass Enable are not supported in Avionics and MMR Modes (non- modulation measurements).
Page 713 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement This allows the function to automatically switch based on certain Auto Rules as shown below: VMA Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Digital Demod Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in which case choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Presel Bypass...
Page 714 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Modulation Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and IFBW > 15 MHz, in Analysis which case choose Full Bypass if conditions warrant(FBP Option is available and “Allow Full Bypass in Auto” is On ), otherwise choose Preselector Bypass Monitor Spectrum Always Standard Path IQ Waveform...
Page 715 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Low Noise Path Enable Low Noise Path Enable provides a lower noise floor under some circumstances, particularly when operating in the 21–26.5 GHz region. With the Low Noise Path enabled, the low band/high band switch and microwave preamp are bypassed whenever all the following are true: –...
Page 716 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement range of the preamp path is too little and the noise floor of the standard path is too high, the Low Noise Path can provide the best dynamic range The graph below illustrates the concept. It shows, in red, the performance of an instrument at different attenuation settings, both with the preamp on and off, in a measurement that is affected by both instrument noise and instrument TOI.
Page 717 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement µW Preselector Bypass Toggles the preselector bypass switch for band 1 and higher. When the microwave presel is on, the signal path is preselected. When the microwave preselector is off, the signal path is not preselected. The preselected path is the normal path for the instrument.
Page 718 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement interface. Also, if the preamp is turned on, the Low Noise Path is not used, whether or not the Full Bypass Enable is selected in the user interface. The only time the Low Noise Path is used is when Full Bypass Enable is selected, the sweep is completely in High Band (>...
Page 719 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Preselector and Bandwidth Conflict When the Frequency Extender Preselector is applied and the signal bandwidth is greater than 2.5 [GHz], then a settings alert message will show to warn the user that the signal may be distorted due to the limitation of the Frequency Extender Preselector bandwidth.
Page 720 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL ON Example :POW:MW:PATH:AUTO:FULL? Dependencies Only appears if Option FBP is installed, and in the following measurements – 5GNRMode: Modulation Analysis and IQ Waveform – WLAN Mode: IQ Waveform – Channel Quality Mode: Group Delay and Noise Power Ratio Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state...
Page 721 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement used for other inputs and never for frequencies below 50 GHz. This is why the label of this control contains the parenthetical note “(>~50 GHz)”. Note that for N9042B+V3050A, in the Swept SA measurement, Software Preselection works even if the measurement is using an FFT Sweep Type.
Page 722 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement SW Preselection Type Specifies the algorithm used for software preselection. Two hidden sweeps occur in succession. The second sweep is offset in LO frequency by 2 * IF / N. For each point in each trace, the smaller amplitude from the two traces is taken and placed in that point in the selected trace.
Page 723 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement bandwidth up to around 3 GHz. (Default/Preset setting). When making FFT measurements, this algorithm is not used, instead the same algorithm is used as NARRow (below) – NARRow– a software preselection algorithm is used which takes two background acquisitions, then post-processes the result to detect and remove images from wideband signals with occupied bandwidths up to 2 GHz.
Page 724 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Enable High Freq Prefilter for the Swept SA Measurement in Mode: :SAN:PFIL ON Dependencies Only appears in VXT models M9410A/11A with center frequency above 1310 MHz, and M9410E/11E in frequency range 1310MHz~5GHz Preset "Prefilter Presets" on page 724 below State Saved Saved in instrument state...
Page 725 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement 3.4.4.1 Settings Contains the basic bandwidth functions. It is the only tab under Bandwidth. Digital IF BW Sets the Digital IF (formerly Info BW) bandwidth of the instrument. When in Auto, it is set to the value that covers carriers set by carrier configuration. [:SENSe]:WAVeform:DIF:BANDwidth <freq>...
Page 726 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Input Option Value None 10 MHz 25 MHz 40 MHz 85.0 MHz 125.0 MHz 140 MHz 160 MHz 255 MHz 510 MHz 1 GHz 1.5 GHz 2 GHz 4 GHz VXT models M9410A/11A M941xA-B3X 300 MHz M941xA-B6X...
Page 727 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Auto Function [:SENSe]:WAVeform:DIF:BANDwidth:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:WAVeform:DIF:BANDwidth:AUTO? :WAV:DIF:BAND:AUTO 0 Example :WAV:DIF:BAND:AUTO? Preset Preset Values Mode Option Radio Std Value GSM/EDGE 510 kHz LTE, LTETDD, LTEAFDD, Automatically LTEATDD, 5G NR calculated WLAN None...
Page 728 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement [:SENSe]:WAVeform:DIF:FILTer:TYPE GAUSsian | FLATtop Remote Command [:SENSe]:WAVeform:DIF:FILTer:TYPE? With DIF40 and/or WBDIF: [:SENSe]:WAVeform:DIF:FILTer:TYPE GAUSsian | FLATtop | SNYQuist | RSNYquist | RCOSine | RRCosine [:SENSe]:WAVeform:DIF:FILTer:TYPE? :WAV:DIF:FILT:TYPE GAUS Example :WAV:DIF:FILT:TYPE? Dependencies Gaussian and Flattop are available in all DIF configurations. For the other filter types, the filters are only available when Option DP2, B40, or a wider IF Bandwidth option is installed When you select a filter type other than Gaussian or Flattop when using Option B40, B85, B1A, or B1X WBDIF, but then you either explicitly select an IF Path Selection of 10 MHz or 25 MHz (B10M/B25M),...
Page 729 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement DP2, B40 or wider IF Bandwidth option, , the selectable Flattop filter bandwidths are predefined. There are 134 Digital IF BWs (RBWs) arranged in a 6-per-decade sequence from 3 Hz through 3 MHz, plus 4, 5, 6 and 8 MHz settings. Filter BW This feature is only available when Option DP2, B40, or wider IF Bandwidth option is installed.
Page 730 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state 0.01 1.00 [:SENSe]:WAVeform:WBIF:FILTer:ALPHa Backwards Compatibility SCPI Channel Filter Bandwidth (Backwards Compatibility Remote Command Only) Dependencies Only available when Option DP2, B40, or wider IF Bandwidth option is installed Couplings The value is determined by the following equation ChannelFilterBwBwcc = (ChannelFilterBw/(DigitalIFBw*OverSampleRatio))
Page 731 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:SELect? Command Example Select Baseband as the current View :DISP:VIEW:ADV:SEL “Baseband” Notes You must be in the measurement whose View you are trying to set to send the command. You can only set Views for the current measurement using this command For predefined views, the parameter is derived from the view name that is shown in the View list in the user interface.
Page 732 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Creates a new View named Baseband from the current View, and selects it as the current View <alphanumeric> Notes is case insensitive; you can specify mixed case, however the name will be evaluated on a single case <alphanumeric>...
Page 733 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:DEL Example Notes <alphanumeric> is case insensitive; you can specify mixed case, however the name will be evaluated on a single case If the <alphanumeric> is not present in the list of View names, the error message “-224, Illegal parameter value;...
Page 734 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement If you switch measurements with the display disabled (via :DISP:ENAB OFF), then query the list of available Views, the result is undefined User View Listing Query Returns a string containing a comma-separated list of names for only the User Views available for the current Measurement.
Page 735 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Screen Annotation Controls the display of the annunciation and annotation around the graticule, including any annotation on lines (such as the display line, the threshold line, etc.) and the Y-Axis annotation, for all windows with screen annotation in all measurements in the current Mode.
Page 736 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Control Annotation Turns on and off the display of values on the Active Function controls for all measurements in the current Mode. This is a security feature. :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]? :DISP:ACT OFF...
Page 737 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – and you are in local operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing any :SYSTem:DEFaults MISC :DISPlay:ENABle ON key or by sending (neither *RST nor :SYSTem:PRESet enable the display) – and you are in remote operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing the Local or Esc keys, or by sending :SYSTem:DEFaults MISC :DISPlay:ENABle ON...
Page 738 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement 3.4.6 Frequency Opens the Frequency menu, which contains controls that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements in the current Mode –...
Page 739 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – "Center Frequency Presets" on page 740 – "VXT Models with Radio Heads/CIU Frequency Range" on page 742 [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer <freq> Remote Command [:SENSe]:FREQuency:CENTer? Example Set Center Frequency to 50 MHz: :FREQ:CENT 50 MHz Increment Center Frequency by the value of CF Step: :FREQ:CENT UP Return the current value of Center Frequency:...
Page 740 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Center Frequency, Center Frequency Offset and Carrier Reference Frequency are coupled. When Carrier Reference Frequency changes: Center Frequency : Auto Center Frequency = Carrier Reference Frequency + Center Frequency Offset (fixed) Center Frequency : Man Center Frequency (fixed) = Carrier Reference Frequency + Center Frequency Offset Preset State Saved...
Page 741 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Freq Option CF after Mode Stop Freq after Mode Max Freq (can't tune Preset Preset above) F06 (M9410A/11A) 1.0 GHz 6.08 GHz 6.08 GHz F06 (M9415A) 6.6 GHz 1 GHz 1.08 GHz F08 (M9415A) 8.6 GHz 1 GHz 1.08 GHz...
Page 742 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement VXT Models with Radio Heads/CIU Frequency Range The following table shows the Center Frequency Presets and Range for VXT modes with Radio Heads/CIU. Products with Radio Heads/CIU Preset Start frequency Stop frequency M9421A + CIU 6 GHz 5.9 GHz 12 GHz...
Page 743 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Notes This command is the same in all Modes, but the parameter is Measurement Global. So, the value is independent in each Mode and common across all the measurements in the Mode Couplings When returning to External Mixing after having been switched to one of the other inputs (for example, RF), you return to the settings that existed when you left External Mixing.
Page 744 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement CF Step Lets you change the step size for "Center Frequency" on page 738, and Start/Stop frequency. Once a step size has been selected and the Center Frequency function is UP|DOWN active, the step keys (and the parameters for Center Frequency from remote commands) change the center frequency by the step-size value.
Page 745 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement If there are no active markers, Marker selects Marker 1, sets it to POSition (Normal) mode, and places it at the center of the display. If the selected marker is OFF, it is set to POSition mode and placed at the center of the screen, on the trace determined by the Marker Trace rules.
Page 746 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :CALCulate:WAVeform:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:X <time> Remote Command :CALCulate:WAVeform:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:X? :CALC:WAV:MARK1:X 1 Example :CALC:WAV:MARK1:X? Notes If no suffix is sent it will use the fundamental units for the current marker X Axis Scale. If a suffix is sent that does not match the current marker X Axis Scale unit, an invalid suffix message will be generated The query returns the marker’s absolute X-Axis value if the control mode is POSition.
Page 747 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement block. To properly interpret the returned value, you must also know how the instrument’s Y-Axis Unit is set, as described below. A marker can have up to two results, only one of which is displayed or returned in a query, as follows: –...
Page 748 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Marker Trace rules. At the same time, Marker X-Axis Value appears on the Active Function area. The default active function is the active function for the currently selected marker control mode. If the current control mode is OFF, there is no active function, and the active function is turned off.
Page 749 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement All Markers Off Turns off all markers. :CALCulate:WAVeform:MARKer:AOFF Remote Command :CALC:WAV:MARK:AOFF Example Couple Markers When this function is ON, moving any marker causes an equal X-Axis movement of every other marker that is not OFF. By “equal X-Axis movement” we mean that we preserve the difference between each marker’s X-Axis value (in the fundamental x- axis units of the trace that marker is on), and the X-Axis value of the marker being moved (in the same fundamental x-axis units).
Page 750 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Marker Time This is the fundamental control that you use to move a marker around on the trace. It is the same as "Marker Time" on page 745 in Settings. Peak Search Moves the selected marker to the trace point that has the maximum Y-Axis value for that marker’s trace.
Page 751 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement If the selected marker is OFF, it is turned before the minimum search is performed. :CALCulate:WAVeform:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:MINimum Remote Command :CALC:WAV:MARK:MIN Example Notes Sending this command selects the subopcoded marker State Saved Not part of saved state Marker Delta Pressing this control has the same effect as pressing Delta in "Marker Mode"...
Page 752 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Peak Search Range Start Specifies the start of the range, in seconds, to which Peak Search actions are applied. Displays as a green vertical line, with the label Pk Search Start on the left, as shown below.
Page 753 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement The Marker Function menu controls which marker functions are turned on, and allows you to adjust the setup parameters for each function. These parameters include the following, but only one parameter can be assigned to a given marker: –...
Page 754 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state Range Marker Noise | Interval Power | Interval Density | Off Annotation Mkr # <X value> and <Marker value> upper right on graph Interval Span Sets the width of the Span for the selected marker. :CALCulate:WAVeform:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:FUNCtion:BAND:SPAN <time>...
Page 755 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :CALCulate:WAVeform:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:FUNCtion:BAND:RIGHt? Command :CALC:WAV:MARK12:FUNC:BAND:RIGH 1 s Example :CALC:WAV:MARK12:FUNC:BAND:RIGH? Notes You must be in the IQ Waveform measurement to use this command Couplings Changing Interval Right necessarily changes "Interval Left" on page 754 "Interval Span" on page Preset 5% of Meas Time State Saved...
Page 756 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement If the reference marker is OFF, it is turned on in POSition mode at the Delta marker location Preset The preset default “Relative To” marker (reference marker) is the next higher numbered marker (current marker +1).
Page 757 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Avg/Hold Number (Averaging On/Off) Sets the number of sweeps (average counts) that are averaged. After the specified number of sweeps, the "Average Mode" on page 757 (terminal control) setting determines the averaging action. Also lets you turn Averaging on or off.
Page 758 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :WAV:AVER:TCON? EXPonential Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state EXPonential|REPeat Range Average Type Sets the type of averaging. When AUTO is selected, the instrument chooses the type of averaging. Available Average Types are: Option Parameter Log-Pwr Avg...
Page 759 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Time Avg Num Sets the number of HW averages to be executed per each data acquisition. HW Averaging Changes the number of time averages to be made using hardware. This averaging is much faster than the standard averaging done in software. The hardware averaging is done on the complex voltage time trace data before any measurement application averaging is done.
Page 760 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Auto Function [:SENSe]:WAVeform:AVERage:TACount:AUTO OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:WAVeform:AVERage:TACount:AUTO? :WAV:AVER:TAC:AUTO ON Example :WAV:AVER:TAC:AUTO? Preset Auto|Man Range Meas Time Lets you set how long the measurement is performed. X Scale only changes the scale of the display.
Page 761 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Preset Mode Value 5G NR, LTEA FDD/TDD Automatically calculated BASIC 125.0 kHz BASIC 100 MHz EDGEGSM 637.5 kHz 125.0 kHz PNOISE 125.0 kHz WCDMA 125.0 kHz WLAN 31.25 MHz Min/Max 12.5 Hz/Option dependent For Option DP2, B40 or wider IF Bandwidth option: Digital IF 10 MHz path 12.5 MHz...
Page 762 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Spur Avoidance Because VXT models M9410A/11A/15A/16A are direct-conversion (zero-IF) receivers, feedthrough leakage from the local oscillator appears as a spurious signal (spur) at the center frequency. The Spur Avoidance function is provided to eliminate this spur, at the expense of some measurement speed.
Page 763 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement VXT models M9410A/11A Option limitation: Option Max Digital IF BW 40 MHz 300 MHz 600 MHz 1200 MHz Center frequency limitation: Center Frequency Max Digital IF BW 330 MHz ~ 380 MHz (CF – 330 MHz) * 2 380 MHz ~ 550 MHz 100 MHz 550 MHz ~ 1310 MHz...
Page 764 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement M9410E/11E Option Limitation: Option Maximum IF BW 40 MHz 300 MHz 600 MHz 1200 MHz Center Frequency Limitation: Center Frequency Maximum IF BW 1 MHz ~ 10 MHz (Option LFE) 500 kHz 10 MHz ~ 20 MHz (Option LFE) 5 MHz 20 MHz ~ 60 MHz (Option LFE) 10 MHz...
Page 765 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Center Frequency Maximum IF BW 10 MHz ~ 20 MHz (Option LFE) 5 MHz 20 MHz ~ 60 MHz (Option LFE) 10 MHz 60 MHz ~ 80 MHz (Option LFE) 20 MHz 80 MHz ~ 380 MHz (Option LFE) 40 MHz 330 MHz ~ 380 MHz (without Option LFE) (CF –...
Page 766 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Any Auto/Man selection specific (local) to the other measurements in the current Mode are not affected by Auto Couple. Any functions that are not coupled with other instrument parameters, such as ranging or leveling variables, such as AutoRange or AutoScale, are not affected.
Page 767 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – Dwell Time – Range Table Resolution Bandwidths – Range Table Dwell Times Meas Preset Restores all measurement parameters to their default values. :CONFigure:WAVeform Remote Command :CONF:WAV Example Notes Restore default values of all parameters 3.4.8.2 Advanced Contains advanced functions that are used for specific applications.
Page 768 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement [:SENSe]:WAVeform:FREQuency:SYNThesis:AUTO[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Remote Command [:SENSe]:WAVeform:FREQuency:SYNThesis:AUTO[:STATe]? :WAV:FREQ:SYNT:AUTO ON Example Preset Parameter Options & Installed Options The Phase Noise Optimization control lets you optimize the setup and behavior of the Local Oscillator (LO) depending on your specific measurement conditions.
Page 769 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Best Close-in Without option EP0 :FREQ:SYNT 1 The LO phase noise is optimized for smaller offsets from the carrier, at the expense of phase noise farther out. The actual frequency offset within which noise is optimized is shown with in square brackets, as this can vary depending on the hardware set in use.
Page 770 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement The LO phase noise is optimized for wider offsets from the carrier. Optimization is especially improved for offsets from 70 kHz to 300 kHz. Closer offsets are compromised and the throughput of measurements (especially remote measurements where the center frequency is changing rapidly), is reduced.
Page 771 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Auto Optimization Rules X-Series instruments have several grades of LO, offering different configurations when in the Auto Mode. The rules for Auto selection are as follows: Models with Option Conditions Selection Center frequency is < 699.9 kHz "Balanced"...
Page 772 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Models with Option Conditions Selection All other conditions "Best Wide- offset" on page All Other Models Span > 12.34 MHz, or "Fast Tuning" on page 770 Note that in these models, the RBW > 250 kHz, or hardware does not actually provide for Source Mode is set to “Tracking”...
Page 773 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Option Option # Phase Noise Option Range EP2, EP3, EP5 Best Close-in [offset < 70 kHz] Best Wide-offset [offset > 100 kHz] Fast Tuning [medium loop bw] Best Close-in [offset < 90 kHz] Best Wide-offset [offset >...
Page 774 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement The dither function improves linearity for low level signals, at the expense of a higher noise floor Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Auto|Man Range LO Dither When LO Dither is turned on, the local oscillator frequency is rapidly changed by small, random amounts.
Page 775 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement When IF Gain is set to AUTOrange, the IF Gain is set to HIGH initially for each chunk of data. The data is then acquired. If the IF overloads, then the IF Gain is set to LOW, and the data is re-acquired.
Page 776 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement IF Gain Offset Sets IF Gain Offset for the 40 MHz, 140 MHz, 160 MHz IF Paths in 1 dB steps from the minimum gain available to the maximum. Increasing the gain can increase the amplitude of small signals, as long as you do not overdrive the hardware.
Page 777 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement [:SENSe]:WAVeform:IF:GAIN:LEVel? Command :WAV:IF:GAIN:LEV -10 Example :WAV:IF:GAIN:LEV? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max Depends upon hardware present Mixing Mode Lets you alternate between mixing modes for the Local Oscillator (LO). The default setting is NORMal LO mixing mode, which is determined by the instrument...
Page 778 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement [:SENSe]:WAVeform:LO:MIXMode NORMal | ALTernate Remote Command [:SENSe]:WAVeform:LO:MIXMode? :WAV:LO:MIXM NORM Example :WAV:LO:MIXM? Dependencies Not available in N9000B Grayed-out when the RF Input is set to something other than (such as External Mixer). If you press Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 779 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement the grayed-out control, a warning message “Feature only available with Signal Input RF” appears If you try to set Mixing Mode via SCPI when disabled, a message -221,"Settings conflict; Feature only available with signal input RF" is returned NORMal Preset State Saved...
Page 780 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Valid Measurement Keywords This function is available only in certain Modes and measurements. Only the following listed values of <meas> are valid. <meas> Mode(s) Meas BASIC SPECtrum Complex Spectrum BASIC WAVeform IQ Waveform EDGEGSM LTEAFDD LTEATDD...
Page 781 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement between High and Low Range High | Low IF Frequency (Remote Command Only) Available only in the Complex Spectrum, Streaming, and Waveform measurements. Returns the current IF Frequency used in the IF Path. [:SENSe]:SPECtrum:IF:FREQuency? Remote Command...
Page 782 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement When Mode Preset is pressed while Global Center Freq is ON, the Global Center Freq is preset to the preset Center Frequency of the current Mode. This function resets to when "Restore Defaults" on page 1829 is pressed, or when System, Restore Defaults, All Modes is pressed.
Page 783 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Restore Defaults Resets all functions in the Global settings menu to OFF. Pressing System, Restore Defaults, All Modes has the same effect. :INSTrument:COUPle:DEFault Remote Command :INST:COUP:DEF Example :GLOBal:DEFault Backwards Compatibility SCPI 3.4.8.4 Sample Period (Aperture) Setting (Remote Query Only) Returns the time between samples (sample period or aperture).
Page 784 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – Pressing the Restart key – Sending :INIT:IMM – Sending :INIT:REST "More Information" on page 784 :INITiate[:IMMediate] Remote Command :INITiate:RESTart :INIT:IMM Example :INIT:REST :INIT:REST :INIT:IMM Notes perform exactly the same function Couplings Resets average/hold count k. For the first sweep overwrites all active (update = on) traces with new current data.
Page 785 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement – Restarts the current sweep – Restarts the current measurement – Restarts the current set of sweeps if any trace is in Trace Average, Max Hold or Min Hold – Restarts the current set of measurements if Averaging, or Max Hold, or Min Hold is on for the measurement If there is no Average or Max/Min Hold function (no trace in Trace Average or Hold, or Average/Hold Num set to 1), and no Waterfall window is being displayed, a single...
Page 786 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Sweep and Trigger Reset Resetting the sweep system resets the average/hold count k to 0. It also resets the set point counter to 0. Resetting the trigger system resets the internal auto trig timer to the value set by the Auto Trig control.
Page 787 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Example Put instrument into Single measurement operation: :INIT:CONT 0 :INIT:CONT OFF Put instrument into Continuous measurement operation: :INIT:CONT 1 :INIT:CONT ON Preset Note that :SYST:PRES sets :INIT:CONT to ON, but *RST sets :INIT:CONT State Saved Saved in instrument state Annunciation...
Page 788 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement If the instrument is already in Continuous sweep: – :INIT:CONT 1 has no effect – :INIT:CONT 0 places the instrument in Single Sweep but has no effect on the current sequence until k = N, at which point the current sequence will stop and the instrument will go to the idle state "Restart"...
Page 789 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement :INIT:CONT is OFF, then :INIT:IMM is used to start a single measurement, with sweep (data acquisition) occurring once the trigger condition has been met Dependencies For continuous measurement, :ABORt is equivalent to the Restart key Not all measurements support this command STATus:OPERation Status Bits/OPC...
Page 790 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement Notes View 1 is the RF Envelope View View 2 is the I/Q Waveform View Couplings If X "Auto Scaling" on page 790 is ON, this value is automatically determined by the measurement result. When you set a value manually, X Auto Scaling automatically changes to Preset 200.0 us...
Page 791 3 VMA Mode 3.4 IQ Waveform Measurement 3.4.10 Trace There are no Trace controls in this measurement. Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 792 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement 3.5 Channel Power Measurement This measurement is used to find the total power present in a specified bandwidth. Power Spectral Density (signal power normalized to 1 Hz) is also reported. When in WLAN Mode, or when WLAN radio standard is selected in SA Mode, the peak Power Spectral Density for 1 MHz is reported.
Page 793 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Backwards Compatibility Queries Query Return Value :FETCh:CHPower:CHPower? Returns the Channel Power (dBm) :MEASure:CHPower:CHPower? :READ:CHPower:CHPower? :FETCh:CHPower:DENSity? Returns the Power Spectral Density (dBm/Hz) :MEASure:CHPower:DENSity? :READ:CHPower:DENSity? The results returned by the queries depend on the currently-selected Mode and the value of (where required).
Page 794 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Results Returned Channel Power A floating-point number representing the total channel power in the specified integration bandwidth PSD (Power The power in the specified unit bandwidth. The unit bandwidth is Spectral selected by "PSD Unit"...
Page 795 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD Mode Measurement Results Results Returned 1 or not Returns scalar results: specified Channel Power A floating-point number representing the total channel power in the specified integration bandwidth PSD (Power The power in the specified unit bandwidth. The unit bandwidth is Spectral selected by "PSD Unit"...
Page 796 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement 5G NR Mode Measurement Results Results Returned 1 or not Returns scalar results: specified Channel Power A floating-point number representing the total channel power in the specified integration bandwidth PSD (Power The power in the specified unit bandwidth. The unit bandwidth is Spectral selected by "PSD Unit"...
Page 797 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement WLAN Channel Power Measurement Results Results Returned 1 or not Returns scalar results: specified When the radio standard is not 802.11ac 80 + 80 MHz or 802.11ax 80 + 80 MHz: Channel Power A floating-point number representing the total channel power in the specified integration bandwidth Peak PSD (Power Spectral Density) The peak PSD over the integration bandwidth.
Page 798 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Results Returned Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 2. The frequency span of the captured trace data is specified by Span Returns floating point numbers that are the captured trace data of the power (in dBm/resolution BW) of the signal for Trace 3.
Page 799 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement 3.5.1.2 Carrier Info Windows: "Graph" on page 799, "Metrics" on page 800 Dual window view: Channel Power graph and Carrier Info table. :DISP:CHP:VIEW CINF Example Dependencies Only available in MSR, LTE-A FDD/TDD and 5G NR Modes 3.5.2 Windows This section describes the windows that are available in the Channel Power measurement:...
Page 800 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Spectrum View with Bar Graph On This is the same as the Spectrum view, but has a blue bar between the markers that indicates the measured output power level. The bar graph is activated when the “Bar Graph”...
Page 801 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Measure Trace See: "Measure Trace" on page 1755. Power Results Total carrier power, total PSD and total format carrier power are displayed in the lower window. Total format carrier power is total power of carriers of the same Radio Format.
Page 802 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Integ Bw) multiplied by the number of carriers with carrier measure state setting to yes. RF-BW Displays the total bandwidth from the lowest carrier to the highest carrier, whether their measurement states are on or off. Carrier Power This is the power in all the currently defined carriers.
Page 803 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement This is the total power of all the carriers with carrier measure state setting to On. The power is calculated by integrating across the bandwidth declared by the Carrier Integ Bw parameter for each carrier and then totaling the sums. The total integration bandwidth is shown as part of the result.
Page 804 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Parameter Set Displays which format parameter set is selected. 3.5.2.3 Gate Window #3 Turning on Gate View displays the Gate Window, which allows you to see your gating signal at the same time as the measured data. See the description under "Gate View On/Off"...
Page 805 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :DISPlay:CHPower:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel <real> Remote Command :DISPlay:CHPower:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RLEVel? :DISP:CHP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV 10 dBm Example :DISP:CHP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RLEV? Couplings When "Auto Scaling" on page 806 (default), this value is automatically determined by the measurement result. When you set a value manually, Auto Scaling changes to Attenuation is not coupled to Ref Value Preset 10.00 dBm...
Page 806 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Scale Range Sets the Y-Axis scale range. Remote Command Replace <meas> with the identifier for the current measurement :DISPlay:<meas>:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RANGe <rel_ampl> :DISPlay:<meas>:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RANGe? :DISP:CHP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RANG 100 Example :DISP:CHP:WIND:TRAC:Y:RANG? Couplings Coupled to Scale/Div as follows Scale Range = Scale/Div * 10 (number of divisions) When you change this value, Auto Scaling automatically changes to Preset 100 dB...
Page 807 Meas Preset. Only available when the hardware set includes an input attenuator, which is typically only the case for Keysight’s benchtop instruments. For example, this tab does not appear in VXT models M9420A/10A/11A/15A/16A, M9410E/11E/15E/16E, nor in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
Page 808 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Dual-Attenuator Configurations Configuration 1: Mechanical attenuator + optional electronic attenuator Configuration 2: Mechanical attenuator, no optional electronic attenuator Note that Configuration 2 is not strictly speaking a dual-section attenuator, since there is no electronic section available. However, it behaves exactly like Configuration 1 without the Electronic Attenuator Option EA3, therefore for the sake of this document it is grouped into the “Dual-Attenuator”...
Page 809 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement (Note that depending on the measurement, there may be no Auto/Man functionality on the Mech Atten control.) In the Single-Attenuator configuration, you control the attenuation with a single control, as the fixed stage has only two states. In the Dual-Attenuator configuration, both stages have significant range, so you are given separate control of the mechanical and electronic attenuator stages.
Page 810 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement On the Meas Bar, the field “Atten” displays as follows: – If the sweep is entirely < 50 GHz, the value shown after “Atten:” is equal to Mech Atten + Elec Atten + Full Range Atten –...
Page 811 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Auto/Man is remembered and restored when the electronic attenuator is once again disabled. This is described in more detail in "Elec Atten" on page 1769 "Attenuator Configurations and Auto/Man" on page 812 for more information on the Auto/Man functionality Couplings If the RF Input Port is the RF Input:...
Page 812 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement For example: Dual-Attenuator configuration: Atten: 24 dB (e14) Indicating the total attenuation is at 24 dB and the electronic attenuation is at 14 dB Single-Attenuator configuration: A: 24 dB (e14) Indicating the total attenuation is at 24 dB and the “soft” attenuation is at 14 dB (see below for definition of “soft”...
Page 813 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Note that in configurations that include an Electronic Attenuator, this switch is only shown when the Electronic Attenuator is disabled. In other measurements, Mech Atten has no Auto/Man function. In these measurements, no switch is shown on the Mech Atten control: Mech Atten also appears with no switch, as above, in configurations that include an Electronic Attenuator but when the Electronic Attenuator is enabled.
Page 814 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement control and the Meas Bar The electronic attenuator, and the “soft” attenuation function provided in Single-Attenuator config- urations, are unavailable above the low band (0-3.6 GHz, 0-3.4 GHz, 0-3 GHz, depending on the model). If the low band range is from 0-3.6 GHz, and Stop Frequency of the instrument is > 3.6 GHz, then the Enabled/Disabled section of the Elec Atten control will be and grayed-out "Internal Preamp"...
Page 815 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :POW:EATT:STAT? Preset (Disabled) for Swept SA measurement (Enabled) for all other measurements that support the electronic attenuator The maximum Center Frequency for Low Band can change based on the NOTE selected IFBW for measurements that support IFBW (for example, Waveform measurement across all Modes that support it).
Page 816 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement – The Electronic Attenuator is set to 10 dB less than the previous value of the Mechanical Attenuator, within the limitation that it must stay within the range of 0 to 24 dB of attenuation Examples in the Dual-Attenuator configuration: –...
Page 817 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement electrical attenuator. With the mechanical attenuator, TOI, SHI, and compression threshold levels increase dB-for-dB with increasing attenuation, and the noise floor does as well. With the electronic attenuator, there is an excess attenuation of about 1 to 3 dB between 0 and 3.6 GHz, making the effective TOI, SHI, and so forth, less well known.
Page 818 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping If this function is ON, it applies the adjustment described under "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 1772 each time a measurement restarts. Therefore, in Continuous measurement mode, it only executes before the first measurement. In Dual-Attenuator models, you can set Elec+Mech Atten, in which case both attenuators participate in the autoranging, or Elec Atten Only, in which case the mechanical attenuator does not participate in the autoranging.
Page 819 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Range Dual-Attenuator models: Off | Elec Atten Only | Mech + Elec Atten Single-Attenuator models: Off | On Backwards Compatibility Command Notes aliases to "Elec Atten Only" (:POW:RANG:OPT:ATT ELEC) aliases to "Off" (:POW:RANG:OPT:ATT OFF) :POW:RANG:AUTO? returns true if...
Page 820 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 1772 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 818 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 821 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 822 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 818 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
Page 823 All other models: 2 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state 3.5.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) Only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products, such as VXT and M941xE. State Saved Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC.
Page 824 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Adjust Range for Min Clipping Sets the combination of attenuation and gain based on the current measured signal level so that clipping will be at a minimum. This is an "immediate action" function, that is, it executes once, when the key is pressed.
Page 825 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Peak-to-Average Ratio Used with "Range (Non-attenuator models)" on page 1782 to optimize the level control in the instrument. The value is the ratio, in dB, of the peak power to the average power of the signal to be measured. A ratio of 0 should be used for sinusoidal signals;...
Page 826 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Mixer Lvl Offset This is an advanced setting to adjust target Range at the input mixer, which in turn affects the signal level in the instrument’s IF. This setting can be used when additional optimization is needed after setting "Peak-to-Average Ratio"...
Page 827 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement between Start Freq and Stop Freq, the instrument first performs a peak search, and then performs centering on the marker’s center frequency. The value displayed on "Preselector Adjust" on page 1787 changes to reflect the new preselector tuning.
Page 828 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement search to find 2. If the selected marker is already On, the instrument attempts the centering at that marker’s frequency. There is no preselector for signals below about 3.6 GHz, so if the marker is on a signal below 3.6 GHz, no centering is attempted, and an advisory message is generated 3.
Page 829 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement State Saved The Preselector Adjust value set by "Presel Center" on page 1786, or by manually adjusting Preselector Adjust Not saved in instrument state, and does not survive a Preset or power cycle Min/Max –/+500 MHz [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PADJust...
Page 830 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement The maximum Center Frequency for Low Band, displayed in square brackets, NOTE can change based on the selected IFBW for measurements that support IFBW (for example, Waveform measurement across all Modes that support it). In certain models (such as N9042B &...
Page 831 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement LNA is an additional preamplifier that provides superior DANL and frequency range compared to "Internal Preamp" on page 1788. LNA provides lower system noise figure, especially at frequencies above 100 MHz, and can be operated up to the full range of 50 GHz instruments.
Page 832 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement µW Path Control Options for this control include µW Preselector Bypass (Option MPB), Low Noise Path (Option LNP) and Full Bypass Enable in the High Band path circuits. When the µW Preselector is bypassed, flatness is improved, but will be subject to spurs from out of band interfering signals.
Page 833 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH STD | LNPath | MPBypass | FULL Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH? :POW:MW:PATH LNP Example Enables the Low Noise path :POW:MW:PATH? Notes When "Presel Center" on page 1786 is performed, the instrument momentarily switches to the Standard Path, regardless of the setting of µW Path Control The DC Block will always be switched in when the low noise path is switched in, to protect succeeding circuitry from DC.
Page 834 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Annotation In the Meas Bar, if the Standard path is chosen: µW Path: Standard If Low Noise Path is enabled but the LNP switch is not thrown: µW Path: LNP,Off If the Low Noise Path is enabled and the LNP switch is thrown: µW Path: LNP,On If the preselector is bypassed: µW Path: Bypass...
Page 835 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Always Presel Bypass Always Presel Bypass Spurious Always Standard Path Emissions WLAN Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Modulation Always Presel Bypass Analysis Spectral Flatness Always Presel Bypasss Power vs Time Always Presel Bypass Monitor Spectrum...
Page 836 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Emissions Transmit On|Off Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and Info BW > 15 MHz, in Power which case choose Preselector Bypass Channel Quality Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Group Delay Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency >...
Page 837 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement whether or not the Low Noise Path Enable is selected in the user interface. The only time the Low Noise Path is used is when Low Noise Path Enable is selected, the sweep is completely in High Band (> 3.6 GHz) and no preamp is in use. For measurements that use IQ acquisition, the low noise path is used when Center Frequency is in High Band (>...
Page 838 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement There are other times where selecting the low noise path improves performance, too. Compression-limited measurements such as finding the nulls in a pulsed-RF spectrum can profit from the low noise path in a way similar to the TOI-limited measurement illustrated.
Page 839 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Option MPB or pre-selector bypass provides an unpreselected input mixer path for certain X-Series signal analyzers with frequency ranges above 3.6 GHz. This signal path allows a wider bandwidth and less amplitude variability, which is an advantage when doing modulation analysis and broadband signal analysis.
Page 840 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement whenever Full Bypass Enable is selected, a warning message appears in the status bar: “Full Bypass Enabled, maximum safe input power reduced” Microwave Preselector Bypass Backwards Compatibility Example Bypass the microwave preselector: :POW:MW:PRES OFF Notes Included for Microwave Preselector Bypass backwards compatibility parameter sets the...
Page 841 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Settings Alert message in the error queue Allow Full Bypass in Auto Enable or disable Full Bypass in µW Path Auto rule. See "µW Path Control" on page 1791. When this function is ON, and "µW Path Control"...
Page 842 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Software Preselection Provided in some instruments, either to compensate for issues with provided hardware preselection or to provide the preselection function when there is no hardware preselector. N9041B Software Preselection compensates for the frequency range limit of the microwave preselector.
Page 843 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement traces is used. This provides a method to reduce spurs that are internally generated within the VXT, but you should note the following when using Software Preselection: – There is some speed cost due to the need to take multiple captures –...
Page 844 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement – NORMal - mathematically removes all image and multiple responses of signals present at the input – ADVanced - any trace processing (such as “max hold” or trace averaging) is performed on the points of both candidate traces before the “select minimum” operation occurs.
Page 845 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement method Grayed-out when "Software Preselection" on page 1801 is OFF. The grayout message is “Unavailable unless SW Presel enabled” For N9042B+V3050A, the parameter is SCPI-only, and always set to NARRow when Software Preselection is enabled Preset NORMal N9041B...
Page 846 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Meas Mode Preset BASIC, WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA WCDMA WCDMA PCON WCDMA EVMQ WCDMA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA...
Page 847 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Res BW Activates the resolution bandwidth active function, which allows you to manually set the resolution bandwidth (RBW) of the instrument. Normally, Res BW (Auto) selects automatic coupling of Res BW to "Span" on page 865, using the ratio set by Span:3 dB RBW (some measurements do not have a Span:3 dB RBW control, in which case the measurement chooses the optimal ratio).
Page 848 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CHPower:BANDwidth[:RESolution]:AUTO? Command :CHP:BAND:AUTO ON Example :CHP:BAND:AUTO? RBW Presets Mode Preset Value LTEAFDD Auto LTEATDD Auto 100 kHz NR5G Auto Auto SRCOMMS 3.9 kHz 240 kHz WCDMA 240 kHz WLAN 100 kHz More Information When Res BW is set to Auto, the bandwidth selected depends on "RBW Filter Type"...
Page 849 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Bandwidth Auto RBW, kHz 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz 25 MHz 30 MHz 35 MHz 40 MHz 45 MHz 50 MHz 60 MHz 70 MHz 1000 80 MHz 1100 90 MHz 1300 100 MHz 1500...
Page 850 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :CHP:BAND:VID? Notes For numeric entries, the instrument chooses the nearest (arithmetically, on a linear scale, rounding up) available VBW to the value entered. The 50 MHz VBW is defined to mean “wide open” The values shown in this table reflect the conditions after a Mode Preset Dependencies Sometimes the displayed Video BW is not actually used to process the trace data: When the Average Detector is selected and Sweep Type is set to Swept, the video bandwidth filter...
Page 851 RBW Filter Type Selects the type for the resolution bandwidth filters. Historically, the Res BW filters in HP/Agilent/Keysight spectrum instruments were Gaussian filters, specified using the –3 dB bandwidth of the filter. That is, a 10 MHz Res BW filter was a Gaussian shape with its –3 dB points 10 MHz apart.
Page 852 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement 3.5.5 Display Lets you configure display items for the current Mode, Measurement View or Window. 3.5.5.1 Meas Display Contains controls for setting up the display for the current Measurement, View or Window. Bar Graph On/Off Turns the Bar Graph On or Off.
Page 853 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Backwards Compatibility :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]? SCPI This command is accepted for backwards compatibility with older instruments, but the WINDow, TRACe GRID parameters are ignored Screen Annotation...
Page 854 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :DISP:ANN:TRAC OFF Example Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Control Annotation Turns on and off the display of values on the Active Function controls for all measurements in the current Mode. This is a security feature. :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]?
Page 855 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement 2. To reduce emissions from the display, drive circuitry 3. For security purposes If you have turned off the display: – and you are in local operation, the display can be turned back on by pressing any key or by sending :SYSTem:DEFaults MISC :DISPlay:ENABle ON...
Page 856 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Backwards :SYST:PRES no longer turns on :DISPlay:ENABle as it did in legacy analyzers Compatibility Notes 3.5.5.3 View Contains controls for selecting the current View, and for editing User Views. View "Views" on page 798.
Page 857 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Restore Layout to Default Restores the Layout to the default for Basic. Modified Views are very temporary; if you exit the current measurement they are discarded, and they are not saved in State. To retain this View for later use, and to be able to return easily to your original Basic View, you can save your edited View as a “User View”.
Page 858 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:REN “Baseband” Example <alphanumeric> Notes is case insensitive; you can specify mixed case, however the name will be evaluated on a single case If the <alphanumeric> specifying the new name is already present in the list of View names, the error message “-224, Illegal parameter value;...
Page 859 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement nodes, :DISPlay:VIEW[:SELect] and :DISPlay:VIEW:NSEL, are retained for backwards compatibility, but they only support predefined views. View Listing Query Returns a string containing a comma-separated list of names for all the Views, including User Views, available for the current Measurement. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:CATalog? Remote Command...
Page 860 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement For example, Center Frequency is the same for all measurements — it does not change as you change measurements. 3.5.6.1 Settings Contains controls that pertain to the X axis parameters of the measurement. These parameters control how data on the vertical (X) axis is displayed and control instrument settings that affect the horizontal axis.
Page 861 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Increment the Center Frequency by the value of CF Step: :FREQ:CENT UP Return the current value of Center Frequency: :FREQ:CENT? Notes Sets the RF, External Mixing or I/Q Center Frequency depending on the selected input: –...
Page 862 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Freq Option CF after Mode Stop Freq after Mode Max Freq (can't tune Preset Preset above) 526 (except CXA and 13.255 GHz 26.5 GHz 27.0 GHz* MXE) 526 (CXA) 13.255 GHz 26.5 GHz 26.55 GHz 526 (MXE) 1.805 GHz 3.6 GHz...
Page 863 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Tracking Min Freq If above this Freq, Stop Freq Max Freq (clips to this freq when turn (can't tune Generator clipped to this Freq when TG TG on and can’t tune below above) Option turned on while TG on)
Page 864 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement If the equivalent SCPI command is sent, this same message is generated as part of a “-221, Settings conflict” warning Preset See table above State Saved Saved in instrument state -79.999995 MHz 26.999999995 GHz "Center Frequency Presets"...
Page 865 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement The minimum frequency in the currently selected mixer band + 5 Hz If the knob or step keys are being used, also depends on Span The maximum frequency in the currently selected mixer band – 5 Hz If the knob or step keys are being used, also depends on Span I/Q Center Freq Sets the Center Frequency to use when the I/Q input is selected, even if the I/Q...
Page 866 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :CHP:FREQ:SPAN? Dependencies If the electrical attenuator is enabled, any attempt to set Span such that the Stop Frequency would be >3.6 GHz results in an error In instruments with an RF Preselector, such as MXE, you cannot sweep across the band break at 3.6 GHz while the RF Preselector is on in Continuous sweep, as there is a mechanical switch which bypasses the RF Preselector above 3.6 GHz.
Page 867 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CHPower:FREQuency:SPAN:AUTO ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command [:SENSe]:CHPower:FREQuency:SPAN:AUTO? :CHP:FREQ:SPAN:AUTO OFF Example :CHP:FREQ:SPAN:AUTO? Notes The span value is adjusted when the relevant carrier parameters such as bandwidth, integration bandwidth, number of component carriers etc., are changed, whatever the span state (Auto or Man) When in Man state, if the input value is less than the required sum of total integration bandwidths and gaps of the multi-carriers, the required span value is set Dependencies...
Page 868 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Freq Option Max Span (can't set higher than this) 5.75 GHz (VXT models M9410A/11A) F06 & EP6 6.27 GHz (VXT models M9410A/11A) F06 & LFE & EP6 6.5999935 GHz (VXT models M9411A) M9415A-F06 6.27 GHz M9415A-F08 8.27 GHz...
Page 869 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement CF Step Changes the step size for Center Frequency and start and stop frequency functions. Once a step size has been selected and the center frequency function is active, the step keys (and the UP|DOWN parameters for Center Frequency from remote commands) change the center frequency by the step-size value.
Page 870 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CHPower:FREQuency:SPAN:FULL Remote Command :CHP:FREQ:SPAN:FULL Example Couplings Selecting full span changes the measurement span value 3.5.7 Marker Accesses a menu that enables you to select, set up and control the markers for the current measurement. If there are no active markers, Marker selects marker 1, sets it to Normal and places it at the center of the display.
Page 871 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement control mode is Normal or Delta. :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:X <freq> Remote Command :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:X? :CALC:CHP:MARK3:X 0 Example :CALC:CHP:MARK3:X? Notes If no suffix is sent, uses the fundamental units for the current marker X Axis Scale. If a suffix is sent that does not match the current marker X Axis Scale unit, an error “Invalid suffix”...
Page 872 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:Y? Remote Command :CALC:CHP:MARK11:Y? Example Notes Returns the marker Y-Axis result if the control mode is Normal or Delta If the marker is Off, then the response is Not A Number Preset Result dependent on Markers setup and signal source State Saved :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:FUNCtion:RESult? Backwards...
Page 873 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :CALC:CHP:MARK3:STAT ON Example :CALC:CHP:MARK3:STAT? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state OFF|ON Range :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:STATe OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Backwards Compatibility :CALCulate:CHPower:MARKer[1]|2|…|12:STATe? SCPI Delta Marker (Reset Delta) This control has the same effect as pressing Delta in "Marker Mode"...
Page 874 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Marker Frequency This is the fundamental control that you use to move a marker around on the trace. It is the same as "Marker Frequency" on page 870 in the Settings tab. Peak Search Moves the selected marker to the trace point that has the maximum Y-Axis value for that marker’s trace.
Page 875 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Marker Frequency This is the fundamental control that you use to move a marker around on the trace. It is the same as "Marker Frequency" on page 870 in the Settings tab. Relative To Selects the marker to which the selected marker is relative (its reference marker).
Page 876 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Specifying a Marker Trace manually or with this command associates the marker with the specified trace. If the marker is not Off, it moves the marker from the trace it was on to the new trace. If the marker is Off, it stays off but is now associated with the specified trace.
Page 877 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CHPower:AVERage:COUNt? Command :CHP:AVER:COUN 15 Example :CHP:AVER:COUN? Preset SA, WLAN: 10 WCDMA, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5G NR, MSR: 200 State Saved Saved in instrument state Min/Max 1 / 10000 Annotation The average count is displayed in the measurement bar on the front panel display. The annotation appears in the format where is the current average and...
Page 878 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :CHP:AVER:TCON EXP Example :CHP:AVER:TCON? Preset State Saved EXPonential|REPeat Range Integ BW Specifies the range of integration used in calculating the power in the channel. The integration bandwidth (IBW) is displayed on the trace as two markers connected by an arrow.
Page 879 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement PSD Unit Sets the unit bandwidth for Power Spectral Density. The available units are dBm/Hz (DBMHZ) and dBm/MHz (DBMMHZ). :UNIT:CHPower:POWer:PSD DBMHZ | DBMMHZ Remote Command :UNIT:CHPower:POWer:PSD? :UNIT:CHP:POW:PSD DBMMHZ Example :UNIT:CHP:POW:PSD? Couplings When the PSD unit is changed, the response to :MEAS|READ|FETCH:CHP1? also changes by the PSD unit basis (either dBm/Hz or dBm/MHz)
Page 880 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :CHP:IF:GAIN:AUTO ON Example :CHP:IF:GAIN:AUTO? Couplings Auto sets IF Gain to High Gain if the input attenuator is set to 0 dB, or if the preamp is turned on and the frequency range is under 3.6 GHz For other conditions, Auto sets IF Gain to Low Gain Preset Spur Avoidance...
Page 881 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Auto Couple Immediately puts all Auto/Man functions into Auto. Auto Couple is confined to the current measurement only. It does not affect other measurements in the Mode. In the Auto state, Auto/Man functions are said to be “coupled”, meaning their values change as you make changes to other values in the measurement.
Page 882 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Executing Auto Coupledoes not affect markers, marker functions, trace or display attributes, or any other instrument setting other than those specifically mentioned above. Measurement-Specific Details TOI (SA Mode only) Parameters affected by Auto Couple are: –...
Page 883 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement 3.5.8.2 Meas Method Allows you to choose between Integration Bandwidth and RRC Weighted methods of making the measurement, and to set certain other relevant parameters. In MSR, LTE-A FDD/TDD and 5G NR Modes, this feature is not supported. Meas Method Selects either the Integration BW (OFF) or RRC Weighted (ON) methods.
Page 884 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement RRC Filter BW Sets the Root Raised Cosine (RRC) filter bandwidth. Normally, the filter bandwidth is the same as the symbol rate of the signal. [:SENSe]:CHPower:FILTer[:RRC]:BANDwidth <real> Remote Command [:SENSe]:CHPower:FILTer[:RRC]:BANDwidth? :CHP:FILT:BAND 10MHz Example :CHP:FILT:BAND? Notes This parameter is normally used when TETRA is selected as the Radio Std...
Page 885 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:POWer <ampl> Remote Command :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:POWer? :CALC:CHP:LIM:POW 16.00 Example :CALC:CHP:LIM:POW? Notes This parameter and PSD Limit can determine Pass/Fail criteria Power Limit state PSD Limit state Result Pass if power test passes Fail if power test fails Pass if both power test and PSD test pass Fail if either of power test or PSD test fails Pass if PSD test passes...
Page 886 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:PSDensity <real> Remote Command :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:PSDensity? :CALC:CHP:LIM:PSD 4.00 Example :CALC:CHP:LIM:PSD? Notes This parameter and Power Limit can determine Pass/Fail criteria Power Limit state PSD Limit state Result Pass if power test passes Fail if power test fails Pass if both power test and PSD test pass Fail if either of power test or PSD test fails Pass if PSD test passes...
Page 887 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement While implementing the scpi, don’t try to remove the SCPI command from the SCPI tree when DVB-T is selected as current radio standard. :CALCulate:CHPower:LIMit:POWer:FAIL? Remote Command :CALC:CHP:LIM:POW:FAIL? Example Notes Query only When "Power Limit" on page 884 state is OFF, the returned value is always 0 (pass) When Power Limit state is ON, the returned value is 0 (pass) if power test passes and 1(fail) if power test fails...
Page 888 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:CHPower:FREQuency:SYNThesis[:STATe]? :CHP:FREQ:SYNT 1 Example :CHP:FREQ:SYNT? Dependencies Does not appear in all models. For models in which the control is not displayed, the SCPI command is accepted for compatibility, although no action is taken Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state...
Page 889 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Option Description on page 890 phase noise performance – In instruments without EP0, this setting is accepted but no action taken Auto Automatically selects LO (local oscillator) phase noise behavior to optimize dynamic range and speed for various instrument operating conditions *Dependent on Option EP0 installation.
Page 890 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Best Spurs :FREQ:SYNT 5 In instruments with EP0, the LO is configured for better phase noise than the "Best Wide-offset" on page 890 case close to the carrier, but the configuration has 11 dB worse phase noise than the "Best Close-in"...
Page 891 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement and to make the user interface more consistent with other X-Series instrument family members. (In models whose hardware does not provide for a "Fast Tuning" on page 890 option, the settings for "Best Close-in" on page 889 are used if "Fast Tuning"...
Page 892 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Models with Option Conditions Selection between tuning speed and phase Span > 22 MHz, or "Fast Tuning" on noise, giving good tuning speed at all page 890 RBW > 400 kHz, or offsets. Although not as good as for CF ≤...
Page 893 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Ranges Option Option # Phase Noise Option Range No EPx Option Best Close-in [offset < 20 kHz] Best Wide-offset [offset > 30 kHz] Fast Tuning [same as Best Close-In] Best Close-in [offset < 600 kHz] Balanced [offset <...
Page 894 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Adaptive NFE (in Modes which support it) is recommended for general-purpose use. For fully ATE (automatic test equipment) applications, where the distraction of a person using the instrument is not a risk, Full NFE is recommended. NFE works with any RBW, VBW, detector, any setting of Average Type, any amount of trace averaging, and any signal type.
Page 895 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement the SCPI command will be accepted without error but has no effect Couplings When NFE is enabled in any mode manually, a prompt will be displayed reminding you to perform the Characterize Noise Floor operation if it is needed. If NFE is enabled through SCPI and a Characterize Noise Floor operation is needed, an error will be entered in the system error queue Preset Unaffected by Mode Preset.
Page 896 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement In other cases, operation is often not quite as good but still highly effective. With peak detection, the noise floor is estimated based on the RBW and the duration of the bucket using the same equations used in the noise marker function. The voltage of the noise is subtracted from the voltage of the observed signal-plus-noise measurement to compute the estimated signal voltage.
Page 897 3.5 Channel Power Measurement On instruments with the NF2 license installed, the calibrated Noise Floor used by Noise Floor Extensions should be refreshed periodically. Keysight recommends that the Characterize Noise Floor operation be performed after the first 500 hours of operation, and once every calendar year. The control to perform this is located in the System, Alignments, Advanced menu.
Page 898 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement This function resets to when "Restore Defaults" on page 1829 is pressed, or when System, Restore Defaults, All Modes is pressed. :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer ALL | NONE Remote Command :INSTrument:COUPle:FREQuency:CENTer? :INST:COUP:FREQ:CENT ALL Example :INST:COUP:FREQ:CENT? Preset Set to on Global Settings, Restore Defaults and System, Restore Defaults, All Modes ALL|NONE...
Page 899 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement :INSTrument:COUPle:DEFault Remote Command :INST:COUP:DEF Example :GLOBal:DEFault Backwards Compatibility SCPI 3.5.9 Sweep Accesses controls to configure and control the acquisition of data, and the X-axis parameters of the instrument. Depending on the selected mode and measurement, these controls might include: Sweep Time, Continuous/Single, Pause/Resume, X Scale and Number of Points.
Page 900 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement and/or VBW. On non-sweeping hardware, this control is grayed-out. The value shown on this NOTE control is an estimate. It is the measurement’s turnaround time, which is the sum of signal acquisition time, FFT time, and other overhead time, to complete the entire span of the measurement.
Page 901 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Non-sweeping hardware: N/A Annotation The sweep time is displayed in the lower-right corner of the screen. The number of points is displayed parenthetically, as: Sweep 13.3 ms (1001 points) A “#” mark appears before “Sweep” in the annotation when it is switched from Auto to Manual coupling Status Bits/OPC Meas Uncal is Bit 0 in the register:...
Page 902 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement <meas> is the identifier for the current measurement; any one of CHPower- |ACPower|OBWidth|MONitor Example Channel Power measurement :CHP:SWE:ACQ:TIME 500 ms :CHP:SWE:ACQ:TIME? Dependencies Available only on non-sweeping hardware Couplings Coupled to Span, RBW, and VBW when in the Auto state When you manually set a value when in the Auto state, the state automatically changes to Man Preset Automatically calculated...
Page 903 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Note that :SYST:PRES sets :INIT:CONT to ON, but *RST sets :INIT:CONT State Saved Saved in instrument state Annunciation The Single/Continuous icon in the Meas Bar changes depending on the setting: – A line with an arrow is Single –...
Page 904 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement If the instrument is already in Single sweep, :INIT:CONT OFF has no effect. If the instrument is already in Single sweep, then pressing Cont/Single in the middle of a sweep does not restart the sweep or sequence. Similarly, pressing Cont/Single does not restart the sweep or sequence if the sweep is not in the idle state (for example, if you are taking a very slow sweep, or the instrument is waiting for a trigger).
Page 905 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement SWEEPING bit is set MEASURING bit is set Backwards For Spectrum Analysis Mode in ESA and PSA, the Restart hardkey and the :INIT:REST command Compatibility restarted trace averages (displayed average count reset to 1) for a trace in Clear Write, but did not Notes restart Max Hold and Min Hold In X-Series, the Restart hardkey and the...
Page 906 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Trace Update The numeric results are not blanked at any time during the restart cycle. For slow sweeps (see Trace Update section in Trace/Detector), the traces are updated real-time during the sweep. There may be a special circumstance in application mode measurements where an exception is made and the traces and/or results need to be blanked before displaying the new results.
Page 907 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Pause/Resume Pauses a measurement after the current data acquisition is complete. When paused, the label on the control changes to Resume. Pressing Resume un- pauses the measurement. When paused, pressing Restart performs a Resume. :INITiate:PAUSe Remote Command :INITiate:RESume...
Page 908 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Sweep Time Annotation (Remote Query Only) Returns the Sweep Time Annotation value. Available only on non-sweeping hardware. This value is also displayed in the result trace window. The value returned is the estimated turnaround time of each measurement cycle, in seconds.
Page 909 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Dependencies Does not appear in Spectrum Analyzer Mode in VXT model M9421A NORMal Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state NORMal|ACCuracy Range Points Sets the number of points taken per sweep, and displayed in the traces. The current value of Points is displayed parenthetically, next to the sweep time in the lower-right corner of the display.
Page 910 IF Dithering Lets you turn IF Dithering on or off. This is a technique used in unpreselected instruments (such as Keysight’s modular instruments) to enhance the rejection of images and internally-generated spurious signals. [:SENSe]:SWEep:IF:DITHer OFF | ON | 0 | 1...
Page 911 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement 3.5.10 Trace Lets you control the acquisition, display, storage, detection and manipulation of trace data for the available traces. The Trace Control tab of this menu contains radio-button selections for the trace type (Clear/Write, Trace Average, Max Hold, Min Hold) and View/Blank setting for the selected trace.
Page 912 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Each trace also has two values that determine whether it is being written or not, and whether it is being displayed or not. These values, Update and Display, are described fully in the "View/Blank"...
Page 913 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Preset Swept SA and Monitor Spectrum: WRITe All other measurements: AVERage Following Preset, all traces are cleared (all trace points set to mintracevalue) State Saved The type of each trace is saved in instrument state Annunciation The type for each trace is indicated in the Trace annunciator panel on the Measurement Bar Trace Mode Backwards Compatibility Commands...
Page 914 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement [:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe] command description below – :TRACe:MODE WRITe sets :TRACe:TYPE WRITe (Clear/Write) unless average is true, in which case it sets it to :TRACe:TYPE AVErage. It also sets :TRACe:UPDate :TRACe:DISPlay ON, for the selected trace –...
Page 915 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement variable, turned on and off and queried by the legacy command [:SENSe]:AVERage[:STATe] OFF|ON|0|1. When Average is turned on, any trace in Clear/Write will get put into Average. While Average is on, any trace put into Clear/Write by the old :TRAC:MODE command will instead get put into Average.
Page 916 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement – The average/hold count k is set to 1, so that the next time the average trace is displayed it simply represents one trace of new data – A new sweep is initiated –...
Page 917 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement When in Min Hold, if a measurement-related instrument setting is changed(that is, one which requires new data to be taken, like Center Frequency or Attenuation), the Min Hold sequence restarts and a new sweep is initiated but the trace is not cleared. Restarting the Min Hold sequence means: –...
Page 918 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement annotation panel in the Measurement Bar. In the example below, Traces 3, 4, 5 and 6 have UpdateOFF, and Traces 4 and 6 have DisplayOFF. See: "More Information" on page 919 Notes For the commands to control the two variables, Update and Display, see "Trace Update State On/Off"...
Page 919 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Trace Display State On/Off Remote For Swept SA Measurement (in SA Mode): Command :TRACe[1]|2|…|6:DISPlay[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 :TRACe[1]|2|…|6:DISPlay[:STATe]? For all other measurements: :TRACe[1]|2|3:<meas>:DISPlay[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 :TRACe[1]|2|3:<meas>:DISPlay[:STATe]? where <meas>...
Page 920 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Inactive traces that are also being displayed (traces in View) are displayed at half intensity. Traces in View display across the entire X-Axis of the instrument. Their horizontal placement does not change, even if X-Axis settings subsequently are changed, although Y-Axis settings do affect the vertical placement of data.
Page 921 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Sets Trace 3 to Power Diff trace math function, and sets the First Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace 1 and the Second Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace 2 :CALC:MATH TRACE3,PSUM,TRACE1,TRACE2,0,0 Sets Trace 3 to Power Sum trace math function and sets the First Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace 1 and the Second Trace operand (for Trace 3) to Trace 2 :CALC:MATH TRACE3,LOFF,TRACE1,TRACE2,-6.00,0...
Page 922 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement OFF,TRACE5,TRACE6,0,0 | OFF,TRACE6,TRACE1,0,0 | OFF,TRACE1,TRACE2,0,0 | OFF,TRACE2,TRACE3,0,0 | OFF,TRACE3,TRACE4,0,0 | OFF,TRACE4,TRACE5,0,0 For all other measurements: OFF,TRACE2,TRACE3,0,0 | OFF,TRACE3,TRACE1,0,0 | OFF,TRACE1,TRACE2,0,0 State Saved The trace math function for each trace is saved in instrument state Annunciation An “f”...
Page 923 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement If a point in FirstTrace is equal to maxtracevalue, the resultant point is also maxtracevalue. Otherwise, if the result of the subtraction is less than or equal to 0, the resultant point is mintracevalue. Power Sum (Op1 + Op2) Calculates a power sum between the First Trace...
Page 924 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Log Diff (Op1 - Op2 + Ref) Offsets the difference between the First Trace operand and the Second Trace operand by a reference and puts the result in the destination trace. This is like the A- B+DL function in some older instruments.
Page 925 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement The process of acquiring data, processing it using the math and Average/Hold functions, and presenting it as trace data, consists of several functional blocks, as shown below: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 926 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement For each active trace, the current trace point is processed for Trace 1, then Trace 2, then Trace 3, etc. Trace data is taken from either the detector for that trace, or from the mathematical result of up to two other traces and an offset, depending on whether trace math is on or not.
Page 927 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement dropdown Preset Operand 1: Trace number minus 2 (wraps at 1). For example, for Trace 1, Operand 1 presets to Trace 5; for Trace 6, it presets to Trace 4 Operand 2: Trace number minus 1 (wraps at 1). For example, for Trace 1, Operand 2 presets to Trace 6;...
Page 928 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Option Parameter Detector Behavior Auto The detector selected depends on marker functions, trace functions, average type, and the trace averaging function This option is set using "Detector Select Auto/Man" on page 929 NORMal Normal The detector determines the peak of the CW-like signals, and it yields alternating maximums and minimums of noise-like signals.
Page 929 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement – AVERage with AVERage – POSitive MAXHold (peak) with – NEGative (peak) with MINHold AVERage Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state NORMal|AVERage|POSitive|SAMPle|NEGative|RMS Range Detector Select Auto/Man Sets the Detector mode to Auto or Manual. In Auto, the proper detector is chosen based on rules that take into account the measurement settings and other instrument settings.
Page 930 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement From Trace Selects the trace to be copied to or exchanged with the "To Trace" on page 1753 when a "Copy" on page 1753 "Exchange" on page 1754 is performed Preset To Trace Selects the trace to be copied from or exchanged with the "From Trace"...
Page 931 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement Exchange Executes a Trace Exchange based on the "From Trace" on page 1753 "To Trace" on page 1753 parameters. The From Trace and To Trace values are exchanged with each other. The action is performed once. The X-Axis settings and domain of a trace are also copied when it is exchanged with another trace.
Page 932 3 VMA Mode 3.5 Channel Power Measurement 3.5.10.6 Advanced Contains controls for setting advanced trace functions of the instrument. Measure Trace Specifies which trace’s scalar results are displayed in the Metrics window, and retrieved by sending a :READ :FETCh query: –...
Page 933 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement This measurement computes and displays the bandwidth occupied by a given percentage of the total mean power of a signal. Measurement Commands The general functionality of "CONFigure" on page 2551, "INITiate"...
Page 934 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Command Return Value :FETCh:OBWidth:FERRor? Returns the Transmit Frequency Error (Hz) :MEASure:OBWidth:FERRor? :READ:OBWidth:FERRor? :FETCh:OBWidth:XDB? Returns the xdB Bandwidth (Hz) :MEASure:OBWidth:XDB? :READ:OBWidth:XDB? Remote Command Results The following table describes the results returned by the FETCh, MEASure, and READ queries listed above, according to the index value n.
Page 935 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Results Returned Item Unit, if x dB Reference Power x dB Reference Power Frequency - offset frequency x dB Reference Power Frequency – absolute frequency (9.91E+37) (9.91E+37) (9.91E+37) Lower OBW boundary - offset frequency Lower OBW boundary - absolute frequency Lower OBW boundary - absolute power Lower OBW boundary - relative power...
Page 936 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Name SCPI Name SCPI # BOUNdaries "OBW Boundaries" on page 937 "Gate" on page 937 "Gate View On/Off" on page 2484 These are multiple-window views. When in a multiple-window view, you select a window by touching it.
Page 937 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement 3.6.1.2 OBW Boundaries Windows: "Graph" on page 937, "Metrics - OBW Boundaries" on page 940 The spectrum trace is displayed in the upper window. The lower window of OBW Results view is replaced by the OBW boundaries table in this view. Occupied bandwidth and X dB bandwidth for both lower and upper boundaries are displayed.
Page 938 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement For LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD mode only 3.6.2.2 Metrics - OBW Results Window #2 Displays the textual results of the Occupied BW measurement. View Size Position "OBW Results" on page 936 Two fifth, full width Bottom Gate One third, full width...
Page 939 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement For the LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes, the metric result is shown as below: Occupied Bandwidth The occupied bandwidth result is f – f where f and f are the lower and upper carrier boundary point.
Page 940 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement This is the setting parameter. See "% of OBW Power" on page 1013 x dB This is the setting parameter. See "x dB" on page 1014. Active Carriers In the LTE-Advanced FDD/TDD and 5G NR modes, the number of active carriers is displayed to show how many carriers are identified as active in auto detected mode of span, otherwise “-”...
Page 941 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement The x dB reference power result shows the power of the highest signal point within the OBW Span. x dB At Freq The x dB reference power frequency result shows the frequency of the highest signal point within the OBW Span.
Page 942 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement 3.6.3 Amplitude Activates the Amplitude menu and selects Reference Level or Reference Value as the active function, depending on the measurement. Some features in this menu apply to multiple measurements. Some other features apply only to specific measurements and their controls are blanked or grayed-out in measurements that do not support the feature.
Page 943 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Scale/Div also determines the displayed amplitude range in the log plot graph. Since there are usually 10 vertical graticule division on the display, the total amplitude range of the graph is typically 10x this amount. For example, if Scale/Div is 10 dB, then the total range of the graph is 100 dB.
Page 944 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Ref Level Offset Adds an offset value to the displayed reference level. The reference level is the absolute amplitude represented by the top graticule line on the display. The on/off (AUTO) switch turns Ref Level Offset on or off. Setting a value for Ref Level Offset turns AUTOOFF.
Page 945 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Reference Position :DISPlay:OBWidth:VIEW[1]:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:RPOSition Backwards Compatibility SCPI Auto Scaling Toggles Auto Scaling On or Off. :DISPlay:OBWidth:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:COUPle 0 | 1 | OFF | ON Remote Command :DISPlay:OBWidth:WINDow[1]:TRACe:Y[:SCALe]:COUPle? :DISP:OBW:WIND:TRAC:Y:COUP OFF Example :DISP:OBW:WIND:TRAC:Y:COUP? Couplings When Auto Scaling is ON, and the Restart front-panel key is pressed, this function automatically sets the scale per division to 10 dB and determines the reference values based on the measurement results When you change a value of "Scale/Div"...
Page 946 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Only available when the hardware set includes an input attenuator, which is typically only the case for Keysight’s benchtop instruments. For example, this tab does not appear in VXT models M9420A/10A/11A/15A/16A, M9410E/11E/15E/16E, nor in UXM. In UXM, all Attenuation and Range settings are disabled, as the expected input power level is handled by the Call Processing App that drives the DUT power control.
Page 947 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement You can tell which attenuator configuration you have by pressing the Attenuation tab, which (in most Modes) opens the Attenuation menu. If the first control in the Attenuation menu says Mech Atten you have the Dual-Attenuator configuration. If the first control says Atten you have the Single-Attenuator configuration.
Page 948 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement State Saved Saved in instrument state 0 dB Only valid values are 0, 6, 14, 20 dB Annotation When the Input is RF, and the Input Port is RF Input 2, and the Full Range Attenuator is installed: On the Meas Bar, the field “Atten”...
Page 949 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement In either case, if the attenuator was in Auto, it is set to Manual Dependencies Some measurements do not support Auto setting of Mech Atten. In these measurements, the Auto/Man selection is not available, and the Auto/Man toggle function is not available In Dual-Attenuator configurations, when the electronic attenuator is enabled, the mechanical attenuator has no auto setting, and the Auto/Man toggle function is not available.
Page 950 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Annotation The current value for Total Atten is displayed in the Measurement Bar at the top of the display. A value appears for Electronic Attenuation only if the Electronic Attenuator is enabled. The annotation appears Atten: <total> dB (e<elec>) The e letter is in amber in Single-Attenuator configurations For example:...
Page 951 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Note that in configurations that include an Electronic Attenuator, this switch is only shown when the Electronic Attenuator is disabled. In other measurements, Mech Atten has no Auto/Man function. In these measurements, no switch is shown on the Mech Atten control: Mech Atten also appears with no switch, as above, in configurations that include an Electronic Attenuator but when the Electronic Attenuator is enabled.
Page 952 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement control and the Meas Bar The electronic attenuator, and the “soft” attenuation function provided in Single-Attenuator config- urations, are unavailable above the low band (0-3.6 GHz, 0-3.4 GHz, 0-3 GHz, depending on the model). If the low band range is from 0-3.6 GHz, and Stop Frequency of the instrument is > 3.6 GHz, then the Enabled/Disabled section of the Elec Atten control will be and grayed-out "Internal Preamp"...
Page 953 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement :POW:EATT:STAT? Preset (Disabled) for Swept SA measurement (Enabled) for all other measurements that support the electronic attenuator The maximum Center Frequency for Low Band can change based on the NOTE selected IFBW for measurements that support IFBW (for example, Waveform measurement across all Modes that support it).
Page 954 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement – The Electronic Attenuator is set to 10 dB less than the previous value of the Mechanical Attenuator, within the limitation that it must stay within the range of 0 to 24 dB of attenuation Examples in the Dual-Attenuator configuration: –...
Page 955 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement electrical attenuator. With the mechanical attenuator, TOI, SHI, and compression threshold levels increase dB-for-dB with increasing attenuation, and the noise floor does as well. With the electronic attenuator, there is an excess attenuation of about 1 to 3 dB between 0 and 3.6 GHz, making the effective TOI, SHI, and so forth, less well known.
Page 956 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping If this function is ON, it applies the adjustment described under "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 1772 each time a measurement restarts. Therefore, in Continuous measurement mode, it only executes before the first measurement. In Dual-Attenuator models, you can set Elec+Mech Atten, in which case both attenuators participate in the autoranging, or Elec Atten Only, in which case the mechanical attenuator does not participate in the autoranging.
Page 957 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Range Dual-Attenuator models: Off | Elec Atten Only | Mech + Elec Atten Single-Attenuator models: Off | On Backwards Compatibility Command Notes aliases to "Elec Atten Only" (:POW:RANG:OPT:ATT ELEC) aliases to "Off" (:POW:RANG:OPT:ATT OFF) :POW:RANG:AUTO? returns true if...
Page 958 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Single-Attenuator Models Dual-Attenuator models "Adjust Atten for Min Clipping" on page 1772 "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 956 selection is Mech + Elec Atten: Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 959 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Vector Modulation Analyzer Mode User's & Programmer's Reference...
Page 960 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement "Pre-Adjust for Min Clipping" on page 956 selection is Elec Only. Note that the Mech Atten value is not adjusted, and the value previously set is used. Therefore, there is a case that IF Overload is still observed depending on the input signal level and the Mech Atten setting.
Page 961 All other models: 2 dB State Saved Saved in instrument state 3.6.3.3 Range (Non-attenuator models) Only available for Keysight’s modular signal analyzers and certain other Keysight products, such as VXT and M941xE. State Saved Range Represents the amplitude of the largest sinusoidal signal that could be present within the IF without being clipped by the ADC.
Page 962 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Adjust Range for Min Clipping Sets the combination of attenuation and gain based on the current measured signal level so that clipping will be at a minimum. This is an "immediate action" function, that is, it executes once, when the key is pressed.
Page 963 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Peak-to-Average Ratio Used with "Range (Non-attenuator models)" on page 1782 to optimize the level control in the instrument. The value is the ratio, in dB, of the peak power to the average power of the signal to be measured. A ratio of 0 should be used for sinusoidal signals;...
Page 964 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Mixer Lvl Offset This is an advanced setting to adjust target Range at the input mixer, which in turn affects the signal level in the instrument’s IF. This setting can be used when additional optimization is needed after setting "Peak-to-Average Ratio"...
Page 965 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement between Start Freq and Stop Freq, the instrument first performs a peak search, and then performs centering on the marker’s center frequency. The value displayed on "Preselector Adjust" on page 1787 changes to reflect the new preselector tuning.
Page 966 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement search to find 2. If the selected marker is already On, the instrument attempts the centering at that marker’s frequency. There is no preselector for signals below about 3.6 GHz, so if the marker is on a signal below 3.6 GHz, no centering is attempted, and an advisory message is generated 3.
Page 967 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement State Saved The Preselector Adjust value set by "Presel Center" on page 1786, or by manually adjusting Preselector Adjust Not saved in instrument state, and does not survive a Preset or power cycle Min/Max –/+500 MHz [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PADJust...
Page 968 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement The maximum Center Frequency for Low Band, displayed in square brackets, NOTE can change based on the selected IFBW for measurements that support IFBW (for example, Waveform measurement across all Modes that support it). In certain models (such as N9042B &...
Page 969 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement LNA is an additional preamplifier that provides superior DANL and frequency range compared to "Internal Preamp" on page 1788. LNA provides lower system noise figure, especially at frequencies above 100 MHz, and can be operated up to the full range of 50 GHz instruments.
Page 970 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement µW Path Control Options for this control include µW Preselector Bypass (Option MPB), Low Noise Path (Option LNP) and Full Bypass Enable in the High Band path circuits. When the µW Preselector is bypassed, flatness is improved, but will be subject to spurs from out of band interfering signals.
Page 971 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH STD | LNPath | MPBypass | FULL Remote Command [:SENSe]:POWer[:RF]:MW:PATH? :POW:MW:PATH LNP Example Enables the Low Noise path :POW:MW:PATH? Notes When "Presel Center" on page 1786 is performed, the instrument momentarily switches to the Standard Path, regardless of the setting of µW Path Control The DC Block will always be switched in when the low noise path is switched in, to protect succeeding circuitry from DC.
Page 972 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Annotation In the Meas Bar, if the Standard path is chosen: µW Path: Standard If Low Noise Path is enabled but the LNP switch is not thrown: µW Path: LNP,Off If the Low Noise Path is enabled and the LNP switch is thrown: µW Path: LNP,On If the preselector is bypassed: µW Path: Bypass...
Page 973 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Always Presel Bypass Always Presel Bypass Spurious Always Standard Path Emissions WLAN Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Modulation Always Presel Bypass Analysis Spectral Flatness Always Presel Bypasss Power vs Time Always Presel Bypass Monitor Spectrum...
Page 974 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Emissions Transmit On|Off Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency > 3.6 GHz and Info BW > 15 MHz, in Power which case choose Preselector Bypass Channel Quality Mode Measurement µW Path Control Auto behavior Group Delay Use Standard Path unless tuned frequency >...
Page 975 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement whether or not the Low Noise Path Enable is selected in the user interface. The only time the Low Noise Path is used is when Low Noise Path Enable is selected, the sweep is completely in High Band (> 3.6 GHz) and no preamp is in use. For measurements that use IQ acquisition, the low noise path is used when Center Frequency is in High Band (>...
Page 976 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement There are other times where selecting the low noise path improves performance, too. Compression-limited measurements such as finding the nulls in a pulsed-RF spectrum can profit from the low noise path in a way similar to the TOI-limited measurement illustrated.
Page 977 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Option MPB or pre-selector bypass provides an unpreselected input mixer path for certain X-Series signal analyzers with frequency ranges above 3.6 GHz. This signal path allows a wider bandwidth and less amplitude variability, which is an advantage when doing modulation analysis and broadband signal analysis.
Page 978 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement whenever Full Bypass Enable is selected, a warning message appears in the status bar: “Full Bypass Enabled, maximum safe input power reduced” Microwave Preselector Bypass Backwards Compatibility Example Bypass the microwave preselector: :POW:MW:PRES OFF Notes Included for Microwave Preselector Bypass backwards compatibility parameter sets the...
Page 979 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Settings Alert message in the error queue Allow Full Bypass in Auto Enable or disable Full Bypass in µW Path Auto rule. See "µW Path Control" on page 1791. When this function is ON, and "µW Path Control"...
Page 980 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Software Preselection Provided in some instruments, either to compensate for issues with provided hardware preselection or to provide the preselection function when there is no hardware preselector. N9041B Software Preselection compensates for the frequency range limit of the microwave preselector.
Page 981 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement traces is used. This provides a method to reduce spurs that are internally generated within the VXT, but you should note the following when using Software Preselection: – There is some speed cost due to the need to take multiple captures –...
Page 982 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement – NORMal - mathematically removes all image and multiple responses of signals present at the input – ADVanced - any trace processing (such as “max hold” or trace averaging) is performed on the points of both candidate traces before the “select minimum” operation occurs.
Page 983 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement method Grayed-out when "Software Preselection" on page 1801 is OFF. The grayout message is “Unavailable unless SW Presel enabled” For N9042B+V3050A, the parameter is SCPI-only, and always set to NARRow when Software Preselection is enabled Preset NORMal N9041B...
Page 984 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Meas Mode Preset BASIC, WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA WCDMA WCDMA PCON WCDMA EVMQ WCDMA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA WCDMA, WLAN, LTEAFDD, LTEATDD, 5GNR, VMA, SA...
Page 985 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Res BW Activates the resolution bandwidth active function, which allows you to manually set the resolution bandwidth (RBW) of the instrument. Normally, Res BW (Auto) selects automatic coupling of the Res BW to "Span"...
Page 986 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement 1 Hz 8 MHz is the max equivalent –3 dB RBW, which means that the named RBW (the one shown on the control etc.) can exceed 8 MHz if using a filter other than –3 dB Gaussian Annotation A “#”...
Page 987 RBW Filter Type Selects the type for the resolution bandwidth filters. Historically, the Res BW filters in HP/Agilent/Keysight spectrum analyzers were Gaussian filters, specified using the –3 dB bandwidth of the filter. That is, a 10 MHz Res BW filter was a Gaussian shape with its –3 dB points 10 MHz apart.
Page 988 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Filter Type SCPI Gaussian GAUSsian Flattop FLATtop [:SENSe]:OBWidth:BANDwidth:SHAPe GAUSsian | FLATtop Remote Command [:SENSe]:OBWidth:BANDwidth:SHAPe? :OBW:BAND:SHAP GAUS Example :OBW:BAND:SHAP? Preset "Auto Couple" on page 1825 selects the preset value State Saved Saved in instrument state Annotation The annotation under RBW in the bottom left of the screen shows the type of filter or bandwidth that is being used.
Page 989 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement :DISP:OBW:WIND:XDB 1 Example :DISP:OBW:WIND:XDB? Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state OFF|ON Range :DISPlay:OBWidth:VIEW:WINDow[1]:XDB Backwards Compatibility SCPI Boundary Frequency Selects frequency display type: – OFFSet: offsets from Center Freq to OBW boundary frequency are displayed –...
Page 990 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Notes The graticule is the set of horizontal and vertical lines that make up the grid/divisions for the X-Axis and Y-Axis Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe] OFF | ON | 0 | 1 Backwards Compatibility :DISPlay:WINDow[1]:TRACe:GRATicule:GRID[:STATe]?
Page 991 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement :DISPlay:ANNotation:TRACe[:STATe]? :DISP:ANN:TRAC OFF Example Preset State Saved Saved in instrument state Control Annotation Turns on and off the display of values on the Active Function controls for all measurements in the current Mode. This is a security feature. :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe] ON | OFF | 1 | 0 Remote Command :DISPlay:ACTivefunc[:STATe]?
Page 992 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement 1. To increase speed as much as possible by freeing the instrument from having to update the display 2. To reduce emissions from the display, drive circuitry 3. For security purposes If you have turned off the display: –...
Page 993 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Set by :SYST:DEF MISC, but not affected by *RST :SYSTem:PRESet State Saved Not saved in instrument state Backwards :SYST:PRES no longer turns on :DISPlay:ENABle as it did in legacy analyzers Compatibility Notes 3.6.5.3 View Contains controls for selecting the current View, and for editing User Views.
Page 994 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Backwards The legacy node Compatibility :DISPlay:VIEW[:SELect] SCPI is retained for backwards compatibility, but it only supports predefined views Restore Layout to Default Restores the Layout to the default for Basic. Modified Views are very temporary; if you exit the current measurement they are discarded, and they are not saved in State.
Page 995 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Rename User View You can rename the current View by giving it a new unique name. Only User Views can be renamed, if the current View is a Predefined View, an error occurs. :DISPlay:VIEW:ADVanced:REName <alphanumeric>...
Page 996 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement :DISP:VIEW:ADV:DEL:ALL Example Notes Disabled if there are no User Views View Editor Remote Commands The following remote commands help you manage Views and User Views. Note that the SCPI node for User Views handles both Predefined and User Views. The legacy nodes, :DISPlay:VIEW[:SELect] and :DISPlay:VIEW:NSEL, are retained for...
Page 997 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement 3.6.6 Frequency Opens the Frequency menu, which contains controls that allow you to control the Frequency and Channel parameters of the instrument. Some features in the Frequency menu are the same for all measurements in the current Mode –...
Page 998 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Frequency changes to the value for that input. SCPI commands are available to directly set Center Frequency for a specific input (see "RF Center Frequency" on page 1001 "Ext Mix Center Freq" on page 1002).
Page 999 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Note that, since out-of-range Start Freq and Stop Freq are never allowed, markers and trace math work correctly without requiring any special handling for out-of-range conditions Preset Depends on instrument maximum frequency, mode, measurement, and selected input "Center Frequency Presets"...
Page 1000 3 VMA Mode 3.6 Occupied BW Measurement Freq Option CF after Mode Stop Freq after Mode Max Freq (can't tune Preset Preset above) 504 (M9421A, M8920A) 2.145 GHz 3.88GHz 3.88 GHz 506 (M9421A, M8920A) 3.245 GHz 6.08GHz 6.08 GHz F06 (M9410A/11A) 1.0 GHz 6.08 GHz 6.08 GHz...

This manual is also suitable for:

E6680a E6680e E7515b M9410a M9411a M9415a ... Show all

Keysight X Series Programmer's Reference Manual

Quick Links

Related Manuals for Keysight X Series

Summary of Contents for Keysight X Series

This manual is also suitable for: